school leavers’ course guide 2019/20aelproject.com/pdf/exeter-college-course-guide.pdf · caring...

Exeter College School Leavers’ Course Guide 2019/20

School Leavers’Course Guide2019/20

Course listing

Take your pick.We are proud to offer a wide range of courses. For information about the types of qualifications and levels we offer see pages 37-48.

Vocational and technical full time programmes.These are work-related qualifications which are studied as single full time programmes and cannot be combined. See page 43 for full information.

Art and Design. Art and Design Level 1 53, 82Art and Design Level 2 53Fashion and Textiles Level 3 55Fine Art Level 3 54Graphic Design Level 3 54Photography Level 3 54University of the Arts London (UAL) Level 3 57Automotive.Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle Level 1 59Multi-skilled Body and Paint Level 1 59Vehicle Body Repair or Refinishing Level 2 59Vehicle Fitting Principles - Light Vehicle Level 2 60Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle Level 2 60Business.Business Level 1 63, 82Business Level 2 63Business Level 3 64Construction and the Built Environment.Brickwork Level 1 66Carpentry and Joinery Level 1 66Painting and Decorating Level 1 66Plumbing Level 1 67Bench Joinery Level 2 67Brickwork Level 2 67Electrical Installation Level 2 68Painting and Decorating Level 2 68Plumbing Level 2 69Construction and the Built Environment Level 3 69Dance, Performance and Production.Performing Arts Level 1 71, 84Performing Arts Level 2 71Dance Level 3 72Performing and Production Arts Level 3 71Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up Artistry Level 3 90Engineering and Aerospace.Engineering Level 2 75Aeronautical Engineering Level 3 75Engineering Level 3 75Aeronautical Engineering (Flybe Diploma) Level 3 76Aircraft Engineering (Flybe Diploma) Level 3 76Foundation Learning and Support. (full listing on page 79)Paths 2 Independence/Employment/Progression Entry Level 81Vocational Studies Entry Level/Level 1 81GCSE Fast Track Level 2 81Hairdressing, Beauty and Make-Up Artistry.Introduction to the Hair Beauty Sector Level 1 87Barbering Level 2 87Beauty Retail Level 2 87Beauty Therapy Level 2 88Cutting and Styling Services Level 2 88

Hair Colouring Services Level 2 88Make-Up Artistry Level 2 89Beauty and Spa Therapy Level 3 89Hairdressing Level 3 89Barbering Level 3 90Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up Artistry Level 3 90Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services.Caring for Children Level 1 92Health and Social Care Level 1 83, 93Public Services Level 1 84, 93Children’s Play, Learning and Development Level 2 93Health and Social Care Level 2 94Public Services Level 2 94Childcare and Education Level 3 94Health and Social Care Level 3 95Public Services Level 3 95Hospitality and Catering.Catering Craft (and Food Service) Level 1 97Hospitality and Tourism Level 1 83, 142Professional Cookery Level 1 97Professional Cookery - Michael Caines Academy Level 1 97Professional Cookery Level 2 98Professional Cookery (and Food and Beverage Service) Level 2 98Professional Cookery - Michael Caines Academy Level 2 98Food and Beverage Service Supervision Level 3 99Professional Cookery (Kitchen and Larder) Level 3 99Information Technology.Information Technology Level 1 83, 106Information and Creative Technology

- Game Development Level 2 107- Creative Technology Level 2 107- Systems and Networks Level 2 107

IT - Game Development Level 3 108IT - Creative Technologies Level 3 108IT - Computing Level 3 109IT - Systems and Networks Level 3 109Media and Film.Digital Media Level 1 121Media Production and Technology Level 2 121Creative Media Production and Technology Level 3 121Creative Media Production and Technology(Journalism) Level 3 122Music.Music Level 2 126Music Level 3 127Music Technology Level 3 127Outdoor Adventure.Sport (Outdoor Adventure) Level 1 84, 130Sport (Outdoor and Adventurous Activities) Level 2 130Sport (Outdoor Adventure) Level 3 130Science.Applied Science (Biomedical/Forensic Science) Level 3 132Sport and Fitness.Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science Level 2 136Sport Level 2 137

01

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 02

Sport (Futsal Academy) Level 2 137Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science Level 3 138Sport and Exercise Science Level 3 139Sport Level 3 139Sport (Futsal Academy) Level 3 138Travel and Tourism.Airline Cabin Crew and Aviation Operations on the Ground Level 2

143

Hospitality and Tourism Level 1 82, 142Travel and Tourism Level 2 142Travel and Tourism (Flybe Academy) Level 3 143Travel and Tourism (Resort Representatives) Level 3 144Resort Representatives Level 2 144Event Planning Level 2 144Airline Cabin Crew Level 2 144

A Level and BTEC equivalents. See pages 45-46 for full information. Look for this icon on the course pages. This means you can combine that course

with other courses with this icon to create a full time programme of study.

Art and Design. Fashion and Textiles 56Film and Video 56Film Studies 56Fine Art 57Graphic Design 57Photography 553-Dimensional Design (Product Design) 55Business.Business 64Dance, Performance and Production.Dance 73Drama and Theatre 73Production Arts (Arts Management) 72English Language and Literature.Classical Civilisation 78English Language 78English Literature 78Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services.Health and Social Care 95 Humanities.Applied Psychology 101Economics 101Geography 101Early Modern History 102Later Modern History 102Law 102Philosophy 103Politics 103Psychology 103Religious Studies 104Sociology 104Information Technology.IT 110Languages.French 115German 115Spanish 114Mathematics.Economics 118Further Mathematics 119Mathematics 119

Maths (with Statistics) 119Media and Film.Film and Video 123Film Studies 122Media Studies 123Music.Music 128Music (Performance) 128Music Technology (Production) 127Science.Biology 133Chemistry 133Computer Science 133Environmental Science 134Geology 134Physics 134Sport and Fitness.Physical Education 140Sport and Exercise Science 139

International Baccalaureate.This is an internationally recognised qualification, studied full time. For full information see pages 111-112.

Apprenticeships.Full information on pages 147-168.Adult Care Worker 150Assistant Accountant 161Activity Leadership - Outdoors 166Barbering 156Bench Joinery or Site Carpentry 153Bricklaying 152Business 148Chef de Partie 159Children and Young People’s Workforce 149Commis Chef 158Civil Engineering 155Construction - Technical and Professional 155Customer Service Practitioner 161Dental Nursing 151Digital Marketer 162Early Years Educator 151Electrical Installation 153Engineering Technician 156Hairdressing 157Healthcare Support Worker 149Health and Fitness 167Heavy Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 165Hospitality Supervision 159Hospitality Team Member 158Human Resources Support 162IT, Software, Web and Telecoms Professionals 148Laboratory Technician 164Large Goods Vehicle Driver 163Leisure Operations and Management 168Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 165Painting and Decorating 154Personal Training - Health and Fitness 168Plumbing 154Supporting Learning in Physical Education and School Sport 167Supporting Teaching and Learning in Schools 150Team Leader/Supervisor 163Vehicle Body Repair, Body Refinishing and Mechanical, Electrical and Trim

166

Warehousing Operative 164

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Discover your local Ofsted Outstanding college.

All sites

Thursday 18th October 2018, 5-8pm Wednesday 21st November 2018, 5-8pm Wednesday 16th January 2019, 5-8pm

Expo 2019

Thursday 21st March 2019, 4-7pm, Sports Hall All our courses under one roof - a one stop shop to find out what we have to offer, whether you are in Year 9 or 10, or in Year 11 and confirming your choice.

Specialist sites

Falcon House (Construction) and Technology Centre (Engineering, Automotive and Aerospace) Tuesday 14th May 2019, 5-7pm

For more information on our open events, visit exe-coll.ac.uk or call 01392 400500

See you there!

Open Events.

03

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

It gives me great pleasure to invite you to make our college, your college. We have just celebrated yet another exceptional year. Our students, with the support of great staff, have achieved our best ever results, again!

Exeter College is an award-winning, world class, Ofsted Outstanding college, recognised nationally as one of the very best colleges in the country. We are focused on delivering excellent teaching, learning and training to help all of our learners achieve their potential.

We offer an exceptional choice of curriculum options including: nearly 40 A Level subjects, the International Baccalaureate (IB), Apprenticeships and vocational/technical courses, covering nearly every subject area across a broad range of levels.

We provide a supportive, caring environment with tutor support, specialist subject teachers, excellent facilities, extracurricular activities (so our students stand out) and a subsidised travel scheme to support learners to get to college. All of this is combined with a culture of high expectations that encourages our learners to aim for excellence in all that they do.

Our students, and staff, achieve the exceptional. The last year has been the most successful in the college’s history. Highlights have included our best ever results, Exeter College being named national Science, Technology, Engineering and Maths (STEM) FE College of the Year, and our students raising a truly stunning £19,000 for the college charity, Mind.

Students excel not just through their grades, but through their value added performance. The vast majority of our students exceeded their target grades, placing Exeter College in the top 10% of sixth form colleges and high performing colleges that use the A Level Performance System (Alps).

A record number of our students secured a place at first choice high tariff, Russell Group and world class universities, including a new record of 17 securing places at Oxford and Cambridge. In addition, many students progressed into first choice employment, Apprenticeships and to the very best performing art, music and dance academies.

We continue to invest in facilities to ensure that our learners have the very best. As well as the recently opened multi-million pound new Advanced Engineering Centre and a world class 3G pitch, we are currently constructing a new dance studio and gym, opening soon.

We place the student at the heart of our college. I personally lead our Learner Voice forum. We also have a Student Representative Committee, which promotes the interests of our students locally and nationally.

We put the wellbeing and safety of our students as our number one priority. Our dedicated Student Experience Team provides many support services including counselling and a medical service.

Above all, we are all here to support our students in achieving their potential, making the right choice for their future, and to stand out from the crowd. I very much hope you enjoy reading this year’s guide about what we hope will become ‘your exceptional college’. Finally, I’d like to thank all the young people who are featured in this year’s guide.

I look forward to welcoming you to your college.

John LaramyPrincipal and Chief Executive

Welcome.

04

05

College life

Your first

choice college.

Your future.Everything we do at Exeter College ties in to how we can help you to get where you want to be. Whether that is going to university or

moving into employment. Your course, our facilities, enrichment and extracurricular activities are all designed to develop you academically and personally.

We’re there for you. You will have a personal tutor or Skills Officer who will help you to succeed, both in your studies and personally. That’s not all - we have

a dedicated Student Experience Team, because it is very important to us that you feel happy and supported throughout your time at college. Our Travel Team are also on hand to help you find the best way to get to us.

Making the grade. The achievements of our learners are exceptional. We celebrated record breaking, best ever academic results for our A Levels

and International Baccalaureate (IB) in 2018, well in excess of all national averages. A Level students set a new college record of 61% achieving the highest (A*, A, B) grades, well above the average in England of 52.7%. Vocational/BTEC success rates at all levels are consistently above the national average. Our specialist teaching staff will help you to reach your potential.

Stand out from the crowd. Whilst success on your course is our priority, we also recognise that there are many ways we can help you to stand out from the crowd and

shine as an individual. This is why we offer a vast range of activities and opportunities to enjoy alongside your course. There is something for everyone to get involved with and make new friends.

Your first choice Ofsted Outstanding college. We are nationally recognised as one of the best, award-winning colleges in the country, with an Ofsted rating of Outstanding

(2014), ranked as the best college in the country for two consecutive years running (2016 and 2017). Our Apprenticeship provision was also named in 2016 as Times Educational Supplement (TES) Further Education (FE) Awards Apprenticeship Programme of the Year, and Exeter College has been named national Science, Technology, Engineering and Maths (STEM) FE College of the Year (2018).

Your future - it’s our priority. It doesn’t have to be daunting. We will help you every step of the way to get the most out of your time at award-winning Exeter College.

Here are just five reasons why we are your first choice college.

01.

02.

03.

05.

04.

Hayley

“I have always found the college very helpful and supportive and the newsletters and parents evenings give me greater involvement in and understanding of college life. The teaching staff and support team clearly have a love of their subjects and have helped Rory to reach his potential, not only academically, but as a young person going into the world.”Hayley, parent of Rory. Rory scored a fantastic 40 points in his International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma and is progressing to the University of Oxford.


College life

We believe that exceptional teaching and learning begins with exceptional staff. Together with our incredibly talented and hard-working students they make up our successful and thriving college community. Here are just some their fantastic accomplishments:

Our students recently celebrated exceptional A Level results with a record number of the top grades (A*, A, B) awarded to students at the college. The world class results saw a remarkable number of students achieve the very top A* grades - with a stunning 174 A* grades awarded.

The college’s International Baccalaureate (IB) students also celebrated fantastic results in 2018, with almost a quarter (22%) of students achieving 40+ points, the college’s highest ever results. 40+ points is the equivalent of five A Levels at A/A*. This places those students within the top 5-10% of students in the entire world.

Lecturer Martin Gilbert was recently nominated for a University of Oxford Inspirational Teachers Award by alumni Will Bentley (pictured with Martin right), who is now studying at the University of Oxford.

Exceptional

staff, exceptional

students.

In April 2018, three staff members were invited to present research papers at the Annual Education and Training Foundation Conference.

This year a number of students in hospitality and catering shined at the Major Series South West regional heat, a prestigious UK Premier Young Culinary Contest. In total, the students achieved a medal haul of four Gold Medals, two Silver Medals, four Bronze Medals, and one Certificate of Merit.

Apprentice Jordan Picot (pictured with his employer left) was named as the best young plumber in the country after winning Gold at the coveted WorldSkills UK final. He was awarded Gold after wowing judges with his plumbing skills and professionalism against the very best young plumbers from across the country.

Read more stories about our award-winning staff and students on our website at exe-coll.ac.uk/news

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

xxxxxx

We have a brand new £2.4million dance studio and gym opening in Summer 2019.

07

Harry

“My course has been a great stepping stone to reaching my goals and future aspirations in the dance industry. My main achievements on the course have been taking part in workshops with lots of different dance companies and performers who have inspired me to keep pursuing the career and broaden my ability in many dance styles, from contemporary to tap. I also feel more confident in choreographing my own pieces in class, which was something I dreaded at the start of the two years. I’ve come on as a performer with understanding why we dance certain moves in a piece, which in turn has helped me with my auditions to theatre schools around the UK. Everyone has been very helpful and friendly, making the two years an enjoyable and safe time.”Studying Dance BTEC Extended Diploma Level 3 Previously studied at Dawlish Community College

See more of my story at exe-coll.ac.uk/ourcollege

STOP PRESSHarry has achieved an amazing result of three Distinction Stars and is progressing to study Musical Theatre at Bird College of Dance, Kent.

08

Your day.Life at college may be a little different from what you’re used to at school. Classes are usually smaller and you’ll have the freedom and flexibility to choose from a huge range of subjects which will allow you to focus on what you really enjoy. You’ll be given responsibility for your own learning and studies, but don’t let that worry you - you’ll have a tutor or Skills Officer and lecturers to keep you on track every step of the way.

Your day will be full - with a timetable that will be made up of classes, tutorials, enrichment options and private study time. There are plenty of Learning Resource Centres to use to complete assignments on site, cafes to catch up with friends and enrichment activities to fill your free time. You won’t be short of things to keep you busy and help you to live college life to the full.

These are example timetables:

If you are training as an Apprentice you will have a full time job and attend college on a day release basis or block release. When on day release you will be taught by your tutor or Skills Officer and you will spend the remainder of the week in the workplace, where you will put your new skills into practice. Whilst at work, your Skills Officer will visit you and carry out assessments in a variety of styles - observing you, setting knowledge questions and practical tasks.

Apprenticeship info

A LevelMonday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

9.00 - 10.30 Study period Subject 3 Study period Subject 1 Study period10.30 - 10.45 Breaktime10.45 - 12.00 Subject 1 Study period Subject 3 Study period Subject 312.00 - 12.15 Breaktime12.15 - 13.30 Subject 2 Lunch time Extend Subject 2 Lunch time

Lunch time13.30 - 15.00 Lunch time Subject 2 Lunch time Subject 2Study period15.00 - 15.15 Breaktime15.15 - 16.30 Study period Subject 1 Study period Subject 3 Subject 1

Vocational and technical full time programmesMonday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

9.00 - 10.30 Lesson Study period Lesson Study period Lesson10.30 - 10.45 Breaktime10.45 - 12.00 Lesson Lesson Study period Study period Lesson12.00 - 12.15 Breaktime12.15 - 13.30 Lunch time Lunch time Enrichment Lunch time Lunch time13.30 - 15.00 Lesson Lesson Lunch time Study period Lesson15.00 - 15.15 Breaktime15.15 - 16.30 Study period Lesson Study period Study period Lesson

International Baccalaureate (IB)Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

9.00 - 10.30 Elective - Higher Science - Higher Maths - Standard Humanities - Higher Elective - Higher10.30 - 10.45 Breaktime10.45 - 12.00 Humanities - Higher Maths - Standard Science - Higher Standard - English Study period12.00 - 12.15 Breaktime12.15 - 13.30 Standard - English Languages - Standard Lunch time Lunch time Lunch time13.30 - 14.30 Lunch time Lunch time Study period Languages

- Standard Study period14.30 - 15.00 1:1 Tutorial Theory of Knowledge15.00 - 15.15 Breaktime15.15 - 16.30 Study period Study period Elective - Higher Science - Higher Humanities - Higher

College life

09

Your

opportunities.We recognise that during your time at college you will want to do more than study, so there are lots of opportunities for you to make new friends, try something new, indulge your passions and develop your skills outside of your studies. Our enrichment programme enhances your core programme of study and helps you to enjoy, achieve and make a positive contribution to life at college.

Take a tripYou could find yourself tasting incredible food in New York with your catering studies, stepping back in time in Berlin for your History A Level, or perhaps you’ll go on a trip to a leisure park for your Travel and Tourism course. The trips we offer will bring your studies to life and give you fantastic experiences along the way. There are also cross-college trips, such as a ski trip, on offer throughout the year.

Put yourself to the testYou can take part in a variety of national events and competitions to really stretch your abilities and shine amongst the best, gaining the recognition you deserve. Our students regularly come top when competing at national level, for example, taking part in WorldSkills competitions and the Model United Nations debates.

College life

Take to the mic with the college’s own Spark Radio.

Catch some waves with Surf Club.

Take on the Ten Tors challenge.

Learn sign language.

Take to the stage.

Let your talent shine.

Find your voice.

10

Stretch your abilities.

Jess

“Studying at Exeter College is not all about academic achievement and I consider signing up for the Duke of Edinburgh Gold Award and after school clubs such as Model United Nations and Medical Ethics to be personal achievements for broadening my social circle and pursuing other interests.”See more of my story on page 111

11 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

It’s your college.The Student Representative Committee (SRC) acts as the college’s students’ union. The SRC is run by students for students. Its aim is to make the college the best place to be and to represent the views of all students, both within the college and nationally.It is run by students known as the SRC Officers. The SRC Officers do loads of things, from collecting student feedback and representing student views to running events about issues that are important to students.

College life

As a student you can join the National Union of Students (NUS) which has great benefits, including discounts on things like driving lessons, eating out and high street shops. Join at enrolment, our Freshers’ Fair or online via the NUS website - www.nus.org.uk

Find out more on the SRC page of our website: exe-coll.ac.uk/1618/Life/SRC

Join one of the student groups, such as the LGBT group

Take part in fundraising for the college charity of the year

Become an SRC Officer and help to support and represent students at the college


xxxxxxxx

12

Kira“I decided to join the SRC because I wanted to make a difference, and to help ensure that the college is a place where all students want to be, whether studying a BTEC, A Levels, IB or more. Because the SRC is separate from the college, it allows us to work with college leaders to make sure that students are heard, and importantly - listened to!”Studying Politics, Law and English Literature A Levels Kira was also a Student Governor in 2017/18 Previously studied at The Castle School, Somerset


STOP PRESSKira (pictured centre) achieved a fantastic A* and two As at A Level and is now progressing to King’s College, London (University of London) to begin a degree in War Studies.

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Investing in you.We continue to invest in our facilities across all the college sites to ensure that all students have access to the best equipment and resources to help them succeed. We keep our facilities and equipment up to date to reflect the developments in industry and business. Each year our Learner Voice meetings and questionnaires help us improve. Not only that, but each of our sites provide students with a distinct and friendly community within the wider college community, so you are bound to find people with similar interests and passions to you.Award-winning Learning Resource Centres (LRCs) support students with their studies. WiFi is accessible college wide and each centre is equipped with books, PCs, study desks, journals, DVDs, access to the library catalogue and equipment to support accessibility. The wide range of e-resources (including e-books, e-journals, databases and on demand media) are available 24 hours a day, on or off campus, and specialist software is available in each centre to support specific subject areas. Friendly and supportive staff are always ready to help with enquiries, IT support, information searches, referencing, printing, copying, binding, laminating, scanning and all aspects of the LRC services and facilities.

Our cafes are bright, relaxing spaces with internet access and comfy sofas. There is a restaurant or coffee shop at each of our sites where you can buy a tasty selection of hot and cold food and drinks, including Costa Coffee and Lavazza.

College life

Our Information and Digital Practitioners recently scooped the Best Practice Award for Digital Innovation and Implementation from CoLRiC (Council for Learning Resources in Colleges).

13


The Centre for Creative Industries is a haven for students with a passion for art, theatre, media and dance. It has a dedicated art gallery, the Yard Gallery, which showcases the fabulous work of our students. There is also a darkroom and photography studio with the latest equipment, a fully digital high definition TV studio, two Apple Mac suites, a broad range of media equipment to borrow (including HDV cameras, digital stills and audio equipment) and a shop with stationery basics and art supplies.

The centre also houses the college’s radio station, Spark Radio, which features industry standard equipment, allowing students to get a real taste of what it is like to work in radio. Open to all students, it is supported by partners in the local media and offers a fantastic opportunity to learn presentation and production skills and run your own radio shows.

The Centre for Music and Performance is a hub for our music and performing arts students. It has the latest recording and sound equipment and studios. Our fully equipped performance theatre allows us to put on musicals, plays and dance performances and we have purpose built dance and performance rehearsal rooms with a specialist production arts workshop space. We also have an outdoor amphitheatre.

All students get access

to Office 365 to use at college and at home.

14

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

College life

The college’s specialist Construction Centre has excellent facilities, including two learning centre suites that run CAD, and our workshop facilities offer practical training space for all of the construction and building services courses that we offer from Levels 1 to 4. You will be taught by industry specialists in well equipped and professional surroundings.

Aerospace and travel and tourism students use the Flybe Training Academy workshops, with access to the latest aviation industry standard tools and equipment and access to maintenance hangars.

Our world class Technology Centre provides aerospace, engineering and automotive students with state of the art equipment and learning spaces. Our CAD design suite includes 25 computers running the latest industry software, and the CAM workshop contains CNC machining equipment to give you an understanding of modern automated manufacture.

The formal opening has recently taken place of a state of the art £3million extension to create an Advanced Engineering Centre - a UK leading centre of excellence for robotics and virtual welding. The next generation of leaders in engineering are being inspired at the centre, a 780 square metre extension to the Technology Centre.

The facility features the largest virtual welding training facility in Europe, with virtual and conventional welding equipment. The welding workshop contains a large augmented reality space alongside industry welding booths. The centre features eight new, manufacturing-quality robots. There are also five 3D printers that enable rapid prototyping and manufacturing.

“The facilities at Exeter College are second to none and I think anyone that passed up on the opportunity to come here would regret it later on.”Robson, see more of my story on page 74

15


Our Maths and Science Centre provides specialist facilities that enhance and enrich those with a passion and talent for maths, science and computing. There are 11 purpose built science laboratories, all designed to the highest specifications to facilitate inspirational and innovative teaching and learning. There is also a forensic science suite including a crime scene area, a large computing lab with breakout work stations, a cafe, study space and central teaching space, as well as six specialist maths teaching rooms.

Hospitality and catering students experience the real life rush of a commercial restaurant by working in our very own @34 fine dining restaurant, which is open for business to the public five days per week during term time.

Our professional H2B salon and spa facilities, including a new showcase salon Zeal, are open to the public and provide hairdressing and beauty students with the opportunity to perfect their skills in a wide range of treatments on paying clients.

Our Tower Building on Hele Road boasts a fully equipped lecture theatre, which is a fantastic learning space and often plays host to visiting speakers and evening events for you attend.

Exeter College has been named national Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) Further Education College of the Year.

This year the restaurant was awarded a prestigious AA College Rosette Award.

16

SubjectsSubjects

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

We have outstanding sports facilities. There is a sports pavilion at our Exwick playing fields, rugby and football pitches, including a full size 3G pitch, tennis facilities, a high specification, purpose built Sports Hall and well equipped fitness centre. The Sports Hall consists of a six badminton court space, two classrooms and a specialised fully equipped sports therapy room.

The Exeter Chiefs Rugby Academy Team recently represented England at a coveted international contest in Japan.

Stop Press! We are building a new gym which will be complete in Summer 2019.

College life

17


College life

Central Fitness is our current on-site fitness gym facility for students studying sport or if you are just keen to improve your fitness levels. The gym has excellent equipment, including a range of cardiovascular equipment, a toning zone, free weights area and a spinning room. An annual membership costs £40. Also, we are opening a brand new, £2.4million gym and dance studio in Summer 2019.

Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre is a world class, award-winning centre, run in partnership with Devon County Council, offering a wide range of activities including sailing, canoeing, kayaking, windsurfing, climbing, caving, orienteering, archery, raft building, team building and first aid.

18

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Gregory

“The teaching at college was amazing, all of my subjects had brilliant teachers - they all helped me massively, they weren’t boring either, they made lessons fun. The facilities are really good at college, we have a lot of things which students will not have seen before - we have exactly what we need to get great results. I would very much recommend Exeter College, I have really enjoyed the interactions with teachers and all the friends I’ve made. College as a whole was a great experience.”Studied Photography, Graphic Design and 3-Dimensional Design (Product Design) A Levels and is progressing on to Exeter College’s UAL Art and Design Diploma (Foundation Studies) Previously studied at Chulmleigh Community College

College life

19

See my story come to life in a video on our website: exe-coll.ac.uk/ourcollege

“The college is really supportive. The tutors absolutely inspired and motivated him. It’s been fantastic.” Maria, parent of Greg who achieved an exceptional result of triple A* grades (A*, A*, A*) at A Level.

Greg is seen here celebrating his results with his parents, Maria and Keith.

20Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

21 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Map it out.STATION ROAD

EXW

ICK

ROAD

NORTHERNHAY ST

MUSGRAVE R

OW

S

M

GH

Q

X VND C

W

L

V S

H

Locations

21

For full information about our locations visit our website and see pages 23-24 for travel information.

TW

LH

Your place.For full information about our locations visit our website and see pages 23-24 for travel information.

College life


EXW

ICK

ROAD

NORTHERNHAY ST

MUSGRAVE R

OW

S

M

GH

Q

X VND C

W

L

V S

H

Locations

21



EXW

ICK

ROAD

NORTHERNHAY ST

MUSGRAVE R

OW

S

M

GH

Q

X VND C

W

L

V S

H

Locations

21

For full information about our locations visit our website and see pages 23-24 for travel information.Map it out.

STATION ROAD

EXW

ICK

ROAD

NORTHERNHAY ST

MUSGRAVE R

OW

S

M

GH

Q

X VND C

W

L

V S

H

Locations

21

For full information about our locations visit our website and see pages 23-24 for travel information.Map it out.

STATION ROAD

EXW

ICK

ROAD

NORTHERNHAY ST

MUSGRAVE R

OW

S

M

GH

Q

X VND C

W

L

V S

H

Locations

21


Take a full 360 degree virtual tour of our fantastic Maths

and Science Centre at exe-coll.ac.uk/STEM

Our Laurence Building includes a new showcase

salon Zeal @ Exeter College.

The Ted Wragg Building includes

a dedicated furnished flat for training for

independent living.


EXW

ICK

ROAD

NORTHERNHAY ST

MUSGRAVE R

OW

S

M

GH

Q

X VND C

W

L

V S

H

Locations

21


T



EXW

ICK

ROAD

NORTHERNHAY ST

MUSGRAVE R

OW

S

M

GH

Q

X VND C

W

L

V S

H

Locations

21


Key >Hele BuildingTed WraggLaurence BuildingVictoria HouseMaths and Science Centre Sports HallCentre for Music and PerformanceGuildhall CentreHaven Banks Outdoor Education CentreCentre for Creative Industries (CCI)Exwick Sports PavilionExeter College Day NurseryDevon and Exeter Construction CentreTechnology Centre

H

VSN

DXCQ

GHM

FE

WL

F

M5Jnct 29

Honiton Road

Sowton Industrial Estate

Pinh

oe L

ane

Cum

berla

nd W

ay

E

C

N M GH Q

X

E

F



H

VSN

DXCQ

GHM

FE

WL

F

M5Jnct 29

Honiton Road


Pinh

oe L

ane

Cum

berla

nd W

ay

E

C

N M GH Q

X

E

F



H

VSN

DXCQ

GHM

FE

WL

F

M5Jnct 29

Honiton Road


Pinh

oe L

ane

Cum

berla

nd W

ay

E

C

N M GH Q

X

E

F



H

VSN

DXCQ

GHM

FE

WL

F

M5Jnct 29

Honiton Road


Pinh

oe L

ane

Cum

berla

nd W

ay

E

C

N M GH Q

X

E

F



H

VSN

DXCQ

GHM

FE

WL

F

M5Jnct 29

Honiton Road


Pinh

oe L

ane

Cum

berla

nd W

ay

E

C

N M GH Q

X

E

F



H

VSN

DXCQ

GHM

FE

WL

F

M5Jnct 29

Honiton Road


Pinh

oe L

ane

Cum

berla

nd W

ay

E

C

N M GH Q

X

E

F



H

VSN

DXCQ

GHM

FE

WL

F

M5Jnct 29

Honiton Road


Pinh

oe L

ane

Cum

berla

nd W

ay

E

C

N M GH Q

X

E

F



H

VSN

DXCQ

GHM

FE

WL

F

M5Jnct 29

Honiton Road


Pinh

oe L

ane

Cum

berla

nd W

ay

E

C

N M GH Q

X

E

F



H

VSN

DXCQ

GHM

FE

WL

F

M5Jnct 29

Honiton Road


Pinh

oe L

ane

Cum

berla

nd W

ay

E

C

N M GH Q

X

E

F


Key >Hele Building HTed Wragg WLaurence Building LVictoria House VMaths and Science Centre SSports Hall NCentre for Music and Performance MGuildhall Centre GHHaven Banks Outdoor Education Centre QCentre for Creative Industries (CCI) CExwick Sports Pavilion XExeter College Day Nursery DDevon and Exeter Construction Centre FTechnology Centre ETower Building T

Our Sports Hall will include our new gym and specialist sprung dance studio opening soon!


H

VSN

DXCQ

GHM

FE

WL

F

M5Jnct 29

Honiton Road


Pinh

oe L

ane

Cum

berla

nd W

ay

E

C

N M GH Q

X

E

F


Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre includes a 22 metre tower from which you can experience a

Powerfan free-fall descent!

Exwick Sports Pavilion includes our new world

class, community accessible 3G pitch.

Our Technology Centre includes our new centre of excellence for robotics, industrial automation, advanced manufacturing and virtual welding. See page 15

for more information.

Our Construction Centre offers industry-standard facilities for all elements of

construction training, including painting and decorating, carpentry, plumbing,

gas installation and brickwork.

23 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

College life

23 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Begin your

journey.All of our sites are easily accessible by train, bus, bike, car or on foot, depending where you’re travelling from. In fact, over 66% of our students travel from outside of Exeter.We run an Exeter College subsidised travel pass scheme. You could save hundreds of pounds with our travel passes. For example, if you travel at peak times on trains to and from Exmouth every day, with our travel passes you could make an annual saving of £500 (based on an average daily return of £6). Use our calculator on our website to find out how much you could save. Travel Packs are sent out in June so you will find out everything you need know about how to get to your place of study before you start college. Visit exe-coll.ac.uk/travel for more information.

Bike: We have secure cycle racks at our college sites and bus stops and train stations are never far away.

Bus: There are plenty of city and countywide buses to get you to your destination. Plus, we have dedicated buses to collect students travelling from Great Torrington and South Molton.

Train: If you catch the train, all college sites are within a short walking distance. City centre sites are all less than a 7 minute walk from either Exeter St Davids Station or Exeter Central Station. Our Construction Centre is only 5 minutes from Digby and Sowton Station and our Technology Centre is 10-15 minutes’ walk from Pinhoe Station. Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre is 11 minutes’ walk from Exeter St Thomas Station.


Olivia

“I travel by train and find the journey really useful to get work done and I get time to see my mates who aren’t on my course. I am very happy I was able to come here. I think Exeter College is worth the travel because it offers so much more than other colleges and sixth forms nearby can, such as extra-curricular activities, the close relationships with teachers that you can make and also the freedom going to a college in a city where the campuses are spread around really makes a difference.” Studied International Baccalaureate

Previously studied at Wadham Community School, Crewkerne


25 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Support

International

college.We are proud to offer lots of different programmes to students from other countries, from official academic qualifications to experience programmes and full time English courses. During 2017-18 we welcomed over 80+ international students from over 20 different countries. Our International Team are on hand to ensure we find the right course for you and make your study experience a successful one. This year 86% of our full time academic international students have received Russell Group university offers. We also offer integration and study abroad experience programmes, allowing students to study up to three subjects of their choice for 18 hours a week, plus six additional hours of English language lessons. Students can study for up to six months and get a real taste of what studying in our college is like, whilst taking part in social activities and becoming a part of our international student group.

How we can support youOur dedicated International Team have experience of helping students from all over the world and are happy to help you with any questions you might have. We realise that international students may need information on a wide variety of subjects, including accommodation, qualification comparisons, Tier 4 Visa support and much more. As an international student, you will have your own personal tutor to help you whilst at college, as well as additional English language classes if you would like them. There are also plenty of opportunities to get involved with student activities, such as sports, clubs and enrichment opportunities, as well as additional social activities that give you the chance to discover the south west of England through organised excursions. Accommodation is now available for students over the age of 18, visit our website for further information.

Important information for international studentsTier 4 immigrationThe UK Border Agency recognises us as being a Tier 4 sponsor. This means that we can sponsor students from outside of the EU who want to study with us on a Tier 4 Visa. You can study a range of courses from A Levels, BTEC Diplomas and the International Baccalaureate (IB) to Access pathways and higher education courses. Once you are offered an unconditional place at college, we will send you a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS). Your CAS will contain a unique number, which you will need when applying for your Tier 4 Visa.

European Union students We warmly welcome students from the European Union (EU) and offer a range of study abroad experiences, as well as accredited long term programmes. Tuition fees for EU students are currently free for full time qualifications, however, we ask all EU applicants who are coming here without their parents to take our student support package. This package allows us monitor and manage your welfare, wellbeing and academic progression while placing you with one of our approved, police checked host families, as well as giving access to additional academic English support, a UK student mentor, bi-weekly welfare checks, social activities and a 24 hour emergency telephone number. Please contact us for the latest prices.

For more information visit exe-coll.ac.uk/international or email [email protected]


Joy

“Exeter is a good city, with a lovely environment. I have made lots of friends. My tutors and teachers have always tried their best to help me and all the staff and students at the college are more like friends to me. I would definitely recommend Exeter College.”Studying Maths, Art and Design and Economics A Levels

Previously studied in China

26

27 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Your student

services.

27

Helping students to feel safe and supported We put the wellbeing and safety of our students first. We have a dedicated Student Experience Team who work closely with personal tutors, lecturers and support staff to ensure that learners have the best experience and get the most out of their time at college. Respect for others is also very important, so we do not tolerate any form of bullying or discrimination, in fact we aim to celebrate diversity wherever we can.

Full time students have a personal tutor who supports academic and personal progress. You will meet with your tutor regularly and they will keep you updated about the wide range of opportunities available to you. They will also work with you to set challenging but achievable goals and targets, both for your academic work and overall personal achievement. Your tutor and our tutorial group programme will also equip you with all the skills and knowledge you’ll need as you progress on to your next step, wherever and whatever that may be.

Support

Our Progression and Employability Team are always on hand and available to you to ensure you have all the information, advice and guidance you need to make the right choices about your future. This could be applying for university, an Apprenticeship or starting a career.

The Wellbeing Team provides a range of different services for your mental health and emotional wellbeing. The team can provide advice, information and guidance on a range of issues that may be concerning you or affecting your learning or personal life.

Learning supportIf you have a specific learning difficulty, physical disability or suffer from mental ill health and this impacts on your learning, we understand the pressures you may be under. To make sure we fully understand the support you may need at Exeter College, you will have a course interview with the teaching team and a SEND interview with one of the learning support team. The support team will talk through your needs with you so that we have a complete picture of your needs before you start college. This is to help you make the best start to college life as possible. Once you start your course, your Tutor may decide that you need some extra support to help you achieve your full potential. This support can range from out of class support with study skills to using technology to help with your studies.

If you would like to find out more about how we can help support you, call us on 01392 400439 or email [email protected]

If you need information, advice or guidance about financial support then our Financial Support Team can help you with this. We are always happy to answer your queries and will support you whenever we can.

We also have a Child Protection and Safeguarding Team who work across the college to ensure all students are safe and have the support they need. You can contact any of the team or pop into Greystone House (where our services are based) or speak to any member of staff if you are worried or want to talk.


Need childcare?The college has a modern, purpose built nursery next to the Centre for Creative Industries. For more information contact the nursery on 01392 400534 or visit exe-coll.ac.uk/College/Nursery. If you are aged under 20 and are on a further education course, you can apply to the Government’s Care to Learn Fund for support with your childcare costs up to a maximum of £160, per child, per week. To find out more, and to apply online, please visit gov.uk/care-to-learn

Money mattersWe think that everyone has the right to further education and training. We are committed to supporting learners to achieve their full potential and may be able to offer financial support to help students who are experiencing hardship with costs associated to college.

Financial support from the 16-19 Discretionary Bursary Fund is available for students with a household income of less than £23,000. The college can support where cost could be a barrier to accessing education. Please check our website for the latest information and to request an application form, or contact the Student Welfare Administrators on 01392 400526.

Some learners may be eligible for a bursary of up to £1,200 a year. To check if you are eligible please contact the Student Welfare Leader on 01392 400447.

Course fees - see our website exe-coll.ac.uk for up to date details about any additional fees relating to your course or programme of study.

We are available to chat to at every Open Event - see page 3 for details.

Support for ApprenticesAs an Apprentice you have access to our full range of services and support, including Welfare Advisers and Student Counsellors. Our Training and Recruitment Advisers are on hand throughout your Apprenticeship to offer support and advice. This may include help with a job search, preparing you for interviews and supporting your next steps once you have completed your Apprenticeship. You will also be given a Skills Officer who works with you and your employer to achieve your qualification.

Apprenticeship info

Nicola “I have enjoyed college life - meeting people and making new friends. I hope to go on to either the Level 2 Health and Social Care or Fast Track at Exeter College next. I would recommend Exeter College because it has a great support system for the learners which benefits young people - it is outstanding, supportive and diverse.”Studying Health and Social Care Level 1


28

29

Working

together.Information for parents and guardians

At Exeter College the safety and wellbeing of learners is our key priority. We focus on providing high quality teaching, learning and tutoring which meets the needs and aspirations of learners. We believe that by working in partnership with parents/guardians we have the best opportunity to support the personal development and success of each of our learners.

We will keep in touch with you about your young person whilst they are studying with us by:

> Giving you links to the parent pages on our website, which provides you with information on how we safeguard and support learners at Exeter College.

> Ensuring that you are kept informed on your young person’s progress. We do this through a twice yearly, formal reporting process and through parent and guardian progress evenings.

> Intervening if your young person’s attendance falls below our accepted standard and if we have concerns about punctuality, behaviour or work completion issues.

> Contacting you if your young person commits a serious breach of our Student Agreement and Code of Conduct.

> Contacting you if we have concerns about your young person’s safety, health and/or wellbeing.

> The safety of your young person is paramount. We have a designated Child Protection and Safeguarding Team who work across the college to ensure that all young people are protected from harm and have the support they need, when they need it.

> Producing Parents’ and Guardians’ Newsletters with news and information about the college and our learners’ achievements.

For further information on the support your young person will have access to at college see pages 27-28 or contact us for further information.

Karen

“I have found Exeter College to be incredibly supportive, everybody has been really helpful and supportive every time we’ve needed it. We received regular updates and emails to say what is going on at college. The Reach Academy has been very informative and helpful at times too, it’s been very good. Exeter College is a really good place because they give students enough support, but they also give an extra bit of time for them to do their study independently too, so it is almost like a stepping stone to what university will be like. Kimberley has definitely grown in confidence.”Parent of Kimberley, pictured here celebrating her results.

Support for ApprenticesMaking the transition from school or full time education to employment is an exciting time for all concerned. It could raise a number of questions and we are more than happy to answer any queries you may have. Feel free to phone our Apprenticeship Hotline on 01392 400800, where one of our Training and Recruitment Advisers are on hand to support you. Apprentices have access to a wide range of college services and all employers are vetted for suitability before they take on a young person as an Apprentice.

Apprenticeship info

Support


Kimberley

“Meeting new people and the friendships I have made has been one of the best things about college. The teaching was really good - they all helped me to get the results I did. The Reach Academy gave me extra support in applying to university and I went on lots of visits and the staff have been amazing and very supportive. I would definitely recommend Exeter College.”Studied Biology, Chemistry and Psychology A Levels Previously studied at Teign School

30

STOP PRESSKimberley achieved a fantastic A* and two As at A Level and is taking a gap year then planning to progress to Medicine at the University of Leeds.

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Where

will you go????We recognise that making the choice about what to study after school is often just the start of your journey, and where those studies will take you is just as important.

We can help you reach your goals or even discover them if you are not sure what you want to do just yet. There are plenty of exciting options to choose from. You could progress on to another course or Apprenticeship or even study at university level at the college. Or you might choose to apply to university or find a job. Whatever your choice is, we will give you support to make your decision.

With courses available from Entry Level to Degree Level, we have a wide choice of progression opportunities to help you move from one level to the next as you complete your course or training. Your options can be discussed at interview with your tutor or Skills Officer and with our Progression and Employability Team. Also, our excellent industry links, extracurricular opportunities and high quality facilities and resources give you the knowledge and experiences at college which will make you stand out from the crowd at interview.

Talk to usWhilst at college you can visit our Progression and Employability Team who will help you make informed decisions about your future. There will be the opportunity to obtain personal advice and guidance, as well as group sessions through the tutorial programme throughout the year. You will also get plenty of career support at college with information on how to write a personal statement, apply to college or university, find a job or Apprenticeship, take a gap year and more. Parents of final year A Level and BTEC Level 3 students are invited to an event which gives advice and support on the UCAS application process. Whatever help you need to plan your future, the Progression and Employability Team are here to support you.

Do your degree differently Our Centre for University Level Studies has a wide range of courses to choose from and we have a Higher Education Adviser who can answer any queries you may have. Qualifications are awarded in partnership with universities including the University of Exeter, Plymouth University, University of St Mark & St John, and Kingston University.

Support

31


Alumni

We are very proud of our students and former students. Many thousands of our alumni have gone on to bright futures. We believe that coming to Exeter College is just the start of what is an enduring connection to our very special college. As well as being a place where lives are transformed through the power of education, our college is a place where lifelong friendships are made and memories are formed. For more information, and to read our Alumni and Friends Magazine, visit exe-coll.ac.uk/alumni. Here are just a few of our alumni stories:

Rebeca Estela-Lovell (above) works for British Airways as a Cabin Crew member. She studied the Travel and Tourism (Flybe route) and says: “It was the best course I could have done before applying to British Airways.” We offer a range of Travel and Tourism courses from Level 1 to Level 3, see pages 141-144.

Sam Hazell (left) studied Applied Outdoor Adventure FdA with our Centre for University Level Studies. He has recently been working with Wildspace Adventures teaching outdoor education. He also plans to travel to New Zealand and Nepal. “Meeting new people and making new friends has to be the best part of studying at Exeter College.”

Abigail Ferris took an HNC and HND top up with our Centre for University Level Studies in Mechanical Engineering. She is now working as an Engineer with MB Aerospace in Newton Abbot. “My course aided me in terms of my career by giving me the skills to perform higher level thinking.”

Arabella Gilbert (right) has been involved with both British films and Hollywood blockbusters. She studied Film, Photography and Media studies at Exeter College in the mid 90s. She has worked on films such as ‘Inception’, ‘Jason Bourne’ and ‘Edge of Tomorrow’. Her current role is production manager.

Kayla Tuvey (below) was a Professional Cookery Apprentice at Exeter College before being talent spotted by Deer Park’s MD Mark Godfrey. She has recently won the title of the Chaine des Rotisseurs GB Young Chef of the Year 2018. This is a 41 year old contest, Kayla will now go on to the international final in Taiwan. Kayla now works at Deer Park Country House Hotel in Honiton as Commis Chef.

33 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

From school

to college in

5 easy steps.

Apply

Find out about our courses by: > Looking at the course,

Apprenticeship and college information on our website and in this guide. In particular, take a look at the course listing at the front of the guide and see pages 37-47 to find your level and the best type of qualification for you.

> Talking to your college adviser, teachers, career advisers, parents, our Apprenticeship Team, employers and friends.

> Coming to our Open Events - they’re a great way to get a taste of the college. Events covering all subjects are on 18th October 2018, 21st November 2018 and 16th January 2019, 5-8pm. All of our sites will be open to view on these dates. Our Construction Centre and Technology Centre will be open for a specialist open event on 14th May 2019, 5-7pm. We also hold our Exeter College Expo on 21st March 2019, 4-7pm, where you can meet all of our faculties under one roof.

Complete your application formDon’t forget you can apply online - it’s really easy and you will get an immediate acknowledgement email. Alternatively, you can download and print an application form or pick one up from college. If you’re applying for one of our fabulous academies, fill out their application form(s) available on our website as well. We recommend you apply by the end of January 2019 to guarantee an early interview. If you’re keen on Apprenticeships, and do not have an employer, you’ll also need to apply for a full time course as a backup plan. If you have any queries you can phone us on 01392 400444.

Come to an interview We will invite you for an interview where you will discuss your chosen course(s) or Apprenticeship with tutors and any extra support you may require. We will then offer you a conditional place at college. This may depend on your GCSE or other exam results, or whether you find an employer if you are applying for an Apprenticeship.

1 2 3

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 34Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

We’ll invite you to enrolmentIf you are on a full time course, we will contact you in early August about your enrolment appointment, which will be between the end of August and beginning of September - so remember, don’t book your holiday then.

Congratulations - you are on the right path to a brighter future.

August GCSE results day - Thursday 22nd August 2019Congratulations - if all of your grades are what you expected - see you at enrolment. If your grades are not quite what you expected, don’t panic - ring our dedicated Results Helpline on 01392 400555 to find out if you’re on the right course or what other courses might suit you.

4 5

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apply

Find out more.Choosing what to do next can be confusing, but we can help with information and advice every step of the way. Make sure you read pages 37-47 for the details of the different types of courses and training available and the usual entry requirements.

You can get help and advice by:Talking to a college adviserOur dedicated College Advice Team are trained to give you advice and guidance about the college and help you make sense of all the choices. They can talk to you about the subject area you are interested in, your long term career goals, what exam grades you expect to get and all things college related. College Advisers visit schools regularly and also have drop in sessions at college - check with your school tutor or get in touch by calling: 01392 400600 (8.30am-4.30pm) or email [email protected].

Coming to one of our Open EventsYou can come along to our Open Events to talk to the experts on the different subjects, chat to the Progression and College Advice Teams, have your

questions answered regarding travel and see our outstanding facilities. The events cover all subjects and are on 18th October, 21st November 2018 and 16th January 2019, 5-8pm at our city centre sites. We will also hold our Exeter College Expo on 21st March 2019, 4-7pm, where you can meet all of our faculties under one roof. Check our website for details.

Going onlineOur website has lots of information about what to expect at college and detailed course information. You can also view our photos on Instagram (@exetercollege), watch videos about us on YouTube (execollofficial), follow us on Twitter (@ExeterCollege) or ‘Like’ our Facebook page (ExeterCollege) to find out about what’s happening at college and keep in touch with us.

Finding out about ApprenticeshipsIf you are interested in an Apprenticeship, find out more on page 147-168. You can also phone the Exeter College Apprenticeship Hotline for expert advice on 01392 400800.

35

Angela

“My role is to help students with their preparations for coming to college.” College Adviser

Find out more about my role as a College Adviser and how we can help you at exe-coll.ac.uk/ourcollege


Apply

7 top questions.1. How do I apply for Exeter College?You can apply online through our website or download and print a form from the website. Alternatively, pop into one of our receptions to pick up an application form.

2. What happens if I change my mind about what to study?You just need to call 01392 400444 or email [email protected] and let one of our team know what you would like to change to. If it is a major change we may ask you to come in for another interview. You can get advice on which courses to study from our College Advice Team.

3. What happens if I don’t get my predicted grades?The most important thing is that you are studying on the right course at the right level, so if you do not get the grades you were asked for, we will invite you to have a chat with a tutor to look at the options available to you. This might mean changing course or taking a lower level course for a year. We run a results helpline at the end of August if you are worried that you have not got the grades you needed.

4. If I apply, will I have an interview?Yes, we will contact you soon after you apply to arrange an appointment. You are usually asked to bring a recent school report with you and for some courses you may need to bring examples of work you have done - but you will be advised exactly what you will need to bring. Interview evenings are held regularly from December. You will have a short chat with a tutor and it gives you a chance to ask any questions and for us to make sure that you understand what the course involves.

For Apprenticeships and some full time courses we may ask you to do an online assessment so that we can make sure you study at the right level. We will let you know about this in advance. At the end of your interview you will be given a college offer confirming the course we are expecting you to take and the grades you will need.

5. Can I come and look around the college?You can come and look around the college, meet our tutors and see the fantastic facilities at one of our Open Events - see page 3 for dates and further information about the events. We strongly recommend you attend at least one Open Event. Should you have any queries or concerns before or after these events then you can contact the College Advice Team at [email protected] or call 01392 400600.

6. What if I need help with course expenses?The college has a bursary fund for students with lower household incomes. This can help with the cost of books, equipment or trips for your course. You would need to apply for this through our Student Experience Team before starting college. See page 28 for more information about financial support.

7. What if I’ve still got questions?Speak to our College Advice Team by phoning 01392 400600 or email [email protected]. They are always happy to help and are available all year round. See page 35 for further information.

Our College Advice Team are available on 01392 400600 or by email [email protected] for advice and guidance to help you make the right choice.

36

37 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Where

to start?You can study at Entry Level, Level 1, 2 or 3 after school. The level you start at depends on your current abilities and school results. You can move your way up through the levels until you have completed Level 3, then you can progress on to higher education at college or university or find employment. See page 31 for information on your next steps after Level 3.

The information on these pages gives you an overview of entry requirements and is a guide to what you may need for the level you are looking at. See 39-40 for the full listing of courses we offer at each level and see pages 145-168 for Apprenticeships. For information on the types of qualifications we offer see pages 37-47. If you need any help making your choice contact our College Advice Team on [email protected] or call 01392 400600.

Important information:These are only guidelines. In some circumstances, or where you have extra experience, the course entry requirements may be different. Please ask us. We consider every application on an individual basis and discuss your qualifications at your interview to find the most appropriate course for you. We may have to change our entry requirements through the year and all courses are subject to review. Some courses may be suitable for students over the age of 19, contact us to discuss your options.

Entry Level Level 1 Level 2 Level 3GCSE (Grades 3-2) GCSE (Grades 9-4)

Foundation StudiesApprenticeships

Vocational and Technical full time programmesA LevelsIB Diploma

ApplyAlistair, who previously studied at Sidmouth Community College, is progressing to Cardiff University to study Environmental Geoscience after achieving a great result of A, A and B at A Level.


LEVE

L 3

A Levels and BTEC CertificatesGCSE grades: Eight GCSEs to include at least six at grade 4 or above, as well as a minimum grade 4 in English and Maths. Some courses require subject specific entry criteria. Please see individual course listings for further information.Types of course: A Levels, BTEC Certificates.What next? You can study a higher education course or Apprenticeship at college or university or find a job.

LEVE

L 3

Vocational and technical full time programmesGCSE grades: Five grade 4s at GCSE including a grade 4 or above in English Language or a good pass with a full Level 2 qualification.Types of course: Vocational and BTEC Diploma Level 3 courses or an Advanced Apprenticeship, UAL Diploma, NVQ, VRQ.What next? You can study a higher education course or Apprenticeship at college or university or find a job.

LEVE

L 3

International Baccalaureate (IB)GCSE grades: Eight GCSEs to include at least six at grade 6 or above as well as a grade 6 in English and Maths. Some courses require subject specific entry criteria. Please see pages 111-112 for further information.

What next? You can progress to university or even consider studying abroad once you complete the International Baccalaureate. You can also move to a higher education course or Apprenticeship here at the college.

LEVE

L 2

GCSE grades: Three grade 3s at GCSE as well as English Language and Maths at grade 3 or above or a Level 1 qualification at merit grade.

Types of course: BTEC Level 2, Apprenticeship, GCSE, UAL Diploma, NVQ, VRQ, GCSE Fast Track.

What next? You can move on to a vocational or BTEC Level 3 course or an Advanced Apprenticeship.

LEVE

L 1

GCSE grades: Four grade 2s at GCSE, normally including English Language and Maths at grade 2 or above.

Types of course: BTEC Level 1 Diploma, Prince’s Trust, NVQ.

What next? You can move on to a vocational or BTEC Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

ENTR

Y LE

VEL GCSE grades: No formal qualifications.

Types of course: Paths 2 Independence/Progression, Vocational Studies, Positive Pathways.

What next? You can move on to a Level 1 course or NVQ.

The levels we offer:

39 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apply

Courses

by level.Entry Level and Level 1 qualifications. Entry

LevelLevel

1

These are studied on their own and not combined with other courses.Art and Design 53, 82Brickwork 66Business 63, 82Caring for Children 92Carpentry and Joinery 66Catering Craft (and Food Service) 97Digital Media 82, 121Health and Social Care 83, 93Hospitality and Tourism 83, 142Information Technology 83, 106Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector 87Multi-Skilled Body and Paint 59Performing Arts 71, 84Painting and Decorating 66Paths 2 Independence/Paths 2 Employment/Paths 2 Progression

81

Plumbing 67Professional Cookery 97Professional Cookery Michael Caines Academy 97Public Services 84, 93Sport (Outdoor Adventure) 84, 130Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle 59Vocational Studies 81

Level 2 qualifications. Level2

These are studied on their own and not combined with other courses.Airline Cabin Crew and Aviation Operations on the Ground

143

Art and Design 53Barbering 87Beauty Retail 87Beauty Therapy 88Bench Joinery 67Brickwork 67Business 63Children’s Play, Learning and Development (Early Years Educator)

93

Cutting and Styling Services 88Electrical Installation 68Engineering 75GCSE Fast Track 81Hair Colouring Services 88Health and Social Care 94Information and Creative Technology

- Game Development 107- Creative Technologies 107- Systems and Networks 107

Make-Up Artistry 89Media Production and Technology 121Music 126Painting and Decorating 68Performing Arts 71Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science 136Plumbing 69Professional Cookery 98Professional Cookery (and Food and Beverage Service)

98

Professional Cookery - Michael Caines Academy 98Public Services 94Sport 137Sport (Futsal Academy) 137Sport (Outdoor and Adventurous Activities) 130Travel and Tourism 142Vehicle Body Repair or Refinishing 59Vehicle Fitting Principles - Light Vehicle 60Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle 60

Level 3 vocational and technical full time programmes.

Level3

These are studied on their own and not combined with other courses.Aeronautical Engineering 75-76Aircraft Engineering 76Applied Science (Biomedical/Forensic Science) 132Art and Design (various routes) 54-55Barbering 90Beauty and Spa Therapy 89Business 64Childcare and Education 94Construction and the Built Environment 69Creative Media Production and Technology 121Creative Media Production and Technology (Journalism) 122Dance 72Engineering 75Hairdressing 89Health and Social Care 95IT - Game Development 108IT - Creative Technologies 108IT - Computing 109IT - Systems and Networks 109Fashion and Textiles 55Fine Art 54Food and Beverage Service Supervision 99Graphic Design 54Music 127Music Technology 127Performing and Production Arts 71Photography 54Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science 138

Full information about levels can be found on pages 37-38 and information about the qualifications we offer is on pages 37-47. For a listing by subject type see pages 01-02.


Professional Cookery (Kitchen and Larder) 99Public Services 95Sport and Exercise Science 139Sport (Outdoor Adventure) 130Sport 139Sport (Futsal Academy) 138Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up Artistry 90Travel and Tourism (Flybe Academy) 143Travel and Tourism (Resort Representatives) 144

A Levels and other combinable options. Level3

These are work-related qualifications which are studied as single full time programmes and cannot be combined. See pages 45-46 for full information.3-Dimensional Design (Product Design) 55Applied Psychology 101Biology 133Business 64Chemistry 133Classical Civilisation 78Computer Science 133Dance 73Drama and Theatre 73Early Modern History 102Economics 118English Language 78English Literature 78Environmental Science 134Fashion and Textiles 56Film and Video 56Film Studies 56Fine Art 57French 115Further Mathematics 119Geography 101Geology 134German 115Graphic Design 57Health and Social Care 95IT 110Later Modern History 102Law 102Mathematics 119Maths (with Statistics) 119Media Studies 123Music (Performance) 128Music 128Music Technology (Production) 127Philosophy 103Photography 55Physical Education 140Physics 134Politics 103

Production Arts (Arts Management) 72Psychology 103Religious Studies 104Sociology 104Spanish 114Sport and Exercise Science 139

International Baccalaureate. (page 112) Level3

Apprenticeships. (pages 145-168)

Adult Care Worker 150Assistant Accountant 161Activity Leadership - Outdoors 166Barbering 156Bench Joinery or Site Carpentry 153Bricklaying 152Business 148Chef de Partie 159Children and Young People’s Workforce 149Commis Chef 158Civil Engineering 155Construction - Technical and Professional 155Customer Service Practitioner 161Dental Nursing 151Digital Marketer 162Early Years Educator 151Electrical Installation 153Engineering Technician 156Hairdressing 157Healthcare Support Worker 149Health and Fitness 167Heavy Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 165Hospitality Supervision 159Hospitality Team Member 158Human Resources Support 162IT, Software, Web and Telecoms Professionals 148Laboratory Technician 164Large Goods Vehicle Driver 163Leisure Operations and Management 168Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 165Painting and Decorating 154Personal Training - Health and Fitness 168Plumbing 154Supporting Learning in Physical Education and School Sport 167Supporting Teaching and Learning in Schools 150Team Leader/Supervisor 163Vehicle Body Repair, Body Refinishing and Mechanical, Electrical and Trim

166

Warehousing Operative 164

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level StudiesYou can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for these icons in the course information

41 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

New GCSE qualifications explainedPlease note, qualifications are subject to change - please keep checking our website for up to date information. As you may be aware, a new GCSE grading system has been introduced. The new GCSEs are graded 9 to 1, with 9 being the top grade. On the diagram below you can see how this relates to the traditional A*-G grading. The new equivalent to a grade C is a 4. This information was taken from Ofqual and was correct at the time of print. Please visit our website for the latest information.

English and Maths - essential for all...Employers, universities and the government require all young people to have a good command and understanding of English and Maths. We are committed to supporting you to continually improve these skills, whatever level and course you are studying. We have lots of additional support on offer to help you to develop your literacy and numeracy skills during your time at Exeter College, both inside and outside the classroom. If you have not already achieved a grade 4 (or if taken before 2017, a grade C) in GCSE English Language and Maths you will need to continue to work towards achieving them alongside your other courses. During your first few weeks at college, we will assess your level of English and/or Maths to decide how we can help you progress and succeed. We offer a range of functional skills and GCSE qualifications in both English and Maths

and will work with you to find the best route to achieving these core qualifications whilst you are with us. If you are excited by the challenge of developing your skills in English and Maths to a very high academic level, you may like to stretch yourself further by getting involved in our extracurricular groups, such as Maths Club. Whatever your subject, level of confidence or point of entry, we will do our very best to make sure you reach your potential in English and Maths.

Flying StartLevel 2 and 3 students on full time programmes will find out about our Flying Start assignments at enrolment. These are short pieces of introductory work to help students get a feel for their new subjects and the type of work expected in their first year.

New GCSE Grading Structure

Current GCSE Grading Structure

9

A* A B D E F GC

8 7 6 5 3 2 1 U

U

4

4=Cand

aboveand above

Grading the new GCSEs

Information was taken from Ofqual and was correct at time of print.

Our College Advice Team are available all year round for help and advice. Contact [email protected] or call 01392 400600

Apply

42

Apply

T Levels

coming soon…...We have been named by the Government as one of the first providers of new Technical Levels (also known as T Levels). The qualifications are a key milestone in transforming technical education in the UK and extends the offer for young people to study a technical qualification at Level 3 - equivalent to A Levels. All T Level programmes will include a substantial, high quality industry placement‎ so that students can apply their learning in a real workplace environment. Nationally, 15 new pathways will be developed between now and 2022, which will help students progress into employment or higher level (technical) qualifications.

We are delighted to be amongst a select group of colleges and post-16 providers nationwide - and the only one in Devon - selected to deliver the new T Levels. Courses in Construction, Digital, and Education and Childcare will be first taught from September 2020.

Further courses will be rolled out in stages from 2021, which will cover sectors such as finance and accounting, engineering and manufacturing and creative and design. Keep an eye on our website for the latest information.

43 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Vocational and

technical full time

programmes.These can be studied at Level 1, 2 or 3. They don’t generally involve exams, however, there may be some element of external assessment. They focus on coursework, and give a balance of practical work and theory.

Level 1 and Level 2 courses take one year and you can usually progress from these on to the next level. Level 3 qualifications usually run for two years and they are equivalent to three A Levels. We offer BTEC and UAL qualifications and other vocational courses may be called NVQ or VRQ and are practical courses preparing you for the workplace. You can progress from a Level 2 NVQ on to a Level 3 NVQ.

A BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma is studied in the first year and is equivalent to one and a half A Levels. In the second year you progress on to the Extended Diploma. The full qualification (two years) is equivalent to three A Levels. We do not usually encourage students to take an AS Level course alongside a BTEC Diploma/Extended Diploma.

We offer a large range of qualifications. If you need any help at all deciding which is best for you contact our College Advice Team on [email protected] or call 01392 400600. See pages 1-2 for the full course listing. You can find out more about the application process on pages 33-34.

Apply

43

GCSE qualifications may be taken alongside an A Level or vocational programme. We will advise on application or interview.

Full information about levels can be found on pages 37-40 and information about the qualifications we offer is on pages 37-47.

Exeter College is recognised as an award-winning national leader in the provision of STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Maths) subjects. Learners are able to take advantage of excellent facilities and expert teaching.The college has been named national STEM Further Education (FE) College of the Year and has received a prestigious award celebrating excellence in teaching in STEM. Leading the way nationally in the teaching of science, technology, engineering and mathematics, Exeter College has received the Further Education College of the Year ENTHUSE Celebration Award from STEM Learning.Specialist facilities include the college’s state of the art Maths and Science Centre, which provides inspirational and inspiring academic science labs and classroom spaces, and the recently officially opened new multi million pound Advanced Engineering Centre. John Laramy, Exeter College Principal and Chief Executive, said: “As a college we have invested heavily in STEM over the last few years, by opening a dedicated £9m Maths and Science Centre. We also have a new £3m extension to our Technology Centre, partly funded by from the Heart of the South West LEP’s Growth Deal funding, so that we can deliver programmes in advanced robotics, rapid prototyping and virtual welding.“Our investments, have, when combined with great teachers, excellent students and outstanding employers resulted in award-winning STEM provision. I am therefore delighted that, following regional recognition, we have now been recognised as the top college in our country for STEM.”

Award-winning

national leader

in STEM

Exeter College

is national STEM FE College of the Year 2018.


SubjectsSubjects

45 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apply

A Levels.Plus AS Levels, BTEC Certificates and Extended Certificates.A Levels are ideal if you enjoyed your GCSEs and are ready to move up to the next level. Most students identify three to four subjects that they are interested in studying and we will offer advice and guidance at interview to ensure that you have chosen the best programme of study for you. Any A Level subject can be combined into the right programme of study for you. After a year at Exeter College, in the vast majority of A Level subjects you will receive a standalone AS Level qualification. See the full course information for details of which subjects offer an AS Level in the first year.

Art and Design.Fashion and TextilesA practical course that will enhance your creative and visual recording skills.Film and VideoAn ideal course for budding film makers.Film StudiesStudy different genres of film whilst also producing your own material.Fine ArtA challenging course which encourages students to pursue individual creative investigations.Graphic DesignDevelop your own designs in traditional and digital media.PhotographyDevelop advanced photography skills and express yourself as a creative individual.3-Dimensional Design (Product Design)Grow your understanding of 3-Dimensional (3D) art and design.Business.BusinessA good introduction to a career in business.Dance, Performance and Production.DanceDevelop your dance and choreography skills, plus gain experience of performance.Drama and TheatreCombine practical performance with theoretical work.English Language and Literature. Classical CivilisationStudy the culture and society of Graeco-Roman antiquity and its impact upon the modern world.English LanguageThis course focuses on how we communicate across a range of contexts.English LiteratureStudy a wide variety of texts, covering the major literary genres of poetry, prose and drama.

Humanities.Early Modern History (1485-1799)Go back deeper into history and develop an understanding of a range of historic events. EconomicsFind out about economic forces and how they shape the world around us.GeographyStudy both human and physical geography through a variety of topics. Later Modern History (1780-1991)Learn about major events in the recent past, develop on themes from GCSE. LawA fascinating insight into what it might be like to study Law at university. PhilosophyGain an introductory knowledge of philosophy as an academic subject. PoliticsGain an understanding of the British political system and examine political ideologies and global power.PsychologyDevelop scientific skills in research and analysis and the use of theory to develop explanations. Religious StudiesGain an insight into some of the key aspects of religion and ethical issues in contemporary society.SociologyThis course gives you knowledge about contemporary society, social processes and social change.Languages. FrenchThis course constitutes an integrated study with a focus on language, culture and society.GermanYou will develop your language ability by practising listening, speaking, reading and writing.SpanishBuild on your knowledge and skills acquired at GCSE.

Look for this icon on the course pages. This means you can combine that course with other courses with this icon to create a full time programme of study.

We are celebrating our best ever set of academic A Level results, see page 6 for details.


Mathematics. EconomicsFind out about economic forces and how they shape the world around us.MathematicsTake your mathematical knowledge to the next stage by studying Pure and Applied Mathematics.Further MathematicsExplore mathematical relationships and take units in pure and applied maths, including statistics. Media and Film. Film and VideoAn ideal course for budding film makers.Film StudiesStudy different genres of film whilst also producing your own material.Media StudiesStudy different forms of media whilst producing your own material. Music.MusicLearn techniques of performance, harmony and composition and gain a historical perspective.Science.BiologyAn academic and scientific course to prepare for a career or higher education in science. ChemistryA transition from GCSE Science which prepares you for work or higher education in science. Computer ScienceIdeal if you love programming and want to work in computer science, software engineering or games development.Environmental ScienceThis course is ideal for those who have a keen interest in the sustainability of our planet.GeologyA culmination of science and physical geography, giving an understanding of the earth we live on. PhysicsExplore what the fundamental forces and principles are which underlie the building blocks of the universe.Sport and Fitness.Physical EducationGain a practical and theoretical introduction to the various disciplines involved in physical education.

Please note, A Levels are currently subject to a government review - the information in this guide is correct at the time of print, please check our website for up to date information.

Listed below are some other options you can combine with A Levels. These BTEC courses are treated just like A Levels by universities (they also have points) and can be a great option to combine with two A Levels. See below for examples of good combinations.

BTEC Certificates, Extended Certificate and Subsidiary Diplomas.Applied PsychologyBusinessHealth and Social CareITMusic Technology (Production)Music (Performance)Production Arts (Arts Management)

Sport and Exercise Science

Level 3 Certificate.Maths (with Statistics)Use maths and statistics to make logical and reasoned arguments in a variety of contexts. Please note, this is a one year course which can only be taken as a fourth option alongside three A Levels. It is an equivalent to an AS Level. See page 119 for details.

Picking a good combinationWe have included information on each course entry about what other options that course combines well with. Common combinations include ones which have similar topics such as Geography and Environmental Studies or Photography and Graphic Design. Other courses which work well together are ones which complement each other in terms of their approach and skills required, for example, Maths and Science courses of Humanities courses, such as Sociology and History. However, it is important that you choose subjects you feel you really enjoy and don’t be afraid to pick a diverse range of subjects. We will support you to find the best combination of subjects for you. Many students combine two A Levels with one BTEC Certificate option (listed above). A good combination would be, for example, Sociology and Biology A Levels with Health and Social Care BTEC Level 3 Certificate/Extended Certificate. Another common combination is Business and German A Level with IT BTEC Certificate/Subsidiary Diploma.Some degrees and universities can be highly specific about A Level combinations and grade requirements, so when deciding what to pick it is a good idea to check out what sort of combination might work well for your potential next steps. You are welcome to chat to our College Advice Team (see page 35) for guidance prior to your interview.

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Stand out from the

crowd with Extend.

International

Baccalaureate.

We offer an exciting and stretching academic study programme for A Level students, aimed at helping them to maximise their potential called Extend. If you are planning to study an A Level programme at Exeter College you will need to enrol on a four element programme. This will commonly consist of three core A Levels (or a combination of A Levels and BTEC Extended Certificates) and a fourth element, or ‘Extend’ option, which can be selected from a wide range of courses, depending on individual interests and potential progression plans beyond college. If you enjoy the academic challenges of studying A Levels, then you may choose an additional A Level as the fourth element (subject to GCSE grades).

The International Baccalaureate (IB) is an internationally recognised qualification made up of six subjects, including English, Maths, Science, a modern foreign language and an Elective’ which may be an Arts or Humanities subject, an ab initio language or Chemistry. You also get involved in community projects and write a research based essay. The course is equivalent to a full A Level programme and involves exams and coursework. See pages 111-112 for more information and entry requirements.

Our aim is to provide students with an enriched academic experience, while helping to develop a curious and questioning mind. Extend will fully prepare you for your next steps beyond college and develop the types of skills that universities and employers are looking for. The opportunities available vary from learning a foreign language, exploring criminology and Game Design, to studying for an Arts Gold Award or participating in a Sports Therapy Programme. This is just a taster of what is available, for a full list of activities please visit our website: exe-coll.ac.uk/extend

Apply

In 2018, over 86% of the college’s IB students scored an impressive 31 points or more, putting them ahead of the world average of 30 points (2017).

47

Apply

Other options

to get you

started.Are you: > Thinking that because school didn’t go very well or

because you have not been in education for a while that you aren’t able to access a college course?

> Undecided about your future options and positive progression opportunities?

> Unsure, lack confidence and in need of help to realise your potential?

Exeter College is here to help you. We offer courses designed for those who are not in education, employment or training and who wish to take part in positive activities to help work towards long term goals, such as employment or further studies at college.

Course options:The Prince’s Trust Team programme is a course for 16-25 year olds that will boost your confidence and help you to plan for your future. It is ideal for anyone looking to move into employment or hoping to progress on to further courses. The course runs full time (five days per week) for 12 weeks and is studied in Exeter. You will take part in a range of activities, including a five day residential on Dartmoor, a community project, fundraising events, a two week work placement and much more. In addition, students will work towards a Level 1 Certificate in Employment, Teamwork and Community Skills. Please note, if you are aged 19 years or above, participation in Team will not affect your receipt of Job Seekers Allowance (JSA) or equivalent benefits.

Positive Pathways is a fun, engaging and practical course for 16-18 year olds which is designed to boost your confidence and self-esteem. You will learn alongside other young people and your group will be set a range of challenges, projects and activities designed to help you to use and build on your skills and qualities. You will measure your progress and record your achievements in workbooks that will allow you to gain a Level 1 award. This is a part time (three days a week) 12 week course which is studied in Exeter. We also offer GCSE Fast Track which enables you to gain four GCSEs in one year - see page 81 for details.

Work Skills Plus aims to provide learners with hands on work experience in a chosen area alongside attending college sessions to improve English and Maths and work towards a Level 1 qualification in Employability. This course is ideal if you require additional assistance with employability skills, job options and have difficulties making choices about your future opportunities. There are no formal entry requirements. Students just need enthusiasm, commitment and a desire to succeed. All applicants are interviewed by a course tutor. Taster days will allow you to gain an insight into this course. This course takes place at the Guildhall Centre and work placements will be within the local area of Exeter.

To find out more about any of our alternative courses please visit our website: exe-coll.ac.uk/1618/Courses/AlternativeCourses

Katie

“Having made a lot of friends on the programme, the residential was especially memorable and is what really connected us as a team. But for me personally, the most enjoyable part was the sense of achievement of turning up on time and getting things done when they needed to be done and being able to open up, make friends and connect without worrying so much.”Katie took part in the Prince’s Trust Team programme and progressed on to study Creative Media Production BTEC Subsidiary Level 3 Diploma, Film Studies A Level and Production Arts BTEC Certificate

Previously studied at Tiverton High School 48

49 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apply

Academies.

Exeter Chiefs Rugby AcademyYoung rugby players have the chance to follow in the stud marks of rugby legends, thanks to an exciting partnership between Exeter Chiefs and Exeter College. Aspiring rugby players will get the chance to nurture not only their rugby talent, but also receive a first class education and training. The Exeter Chiefs Rugby Academy at Exeter College provides education and rugby training required to support learners to reach the highest level in the sport. The programme caters for players from 16-18 and 18-20 years. Accommodation is now available for students over the age of 18, visit our website for further information.Entry criteria: For full details on the criteria and selection process, visit exe-coll.ac.uk/1618/Academies/ExeterChiefs

Michael Caines AcademyThe Michael Caines Academy is one of the most prestigious hospitality academies in the UK, with alumni working in all aspects of the industry around the globe. Highly motivated learners work through an intense programme of study and enrichment, which culminates in a six week work placement that prepares them for a future in the varied and challenging hospitality sector.

Music AcademyIf you are enrolled on either a Level 2 or 3 music course you will automatically become a member of the Exeter College Music Academy, with access to a whole host of benefits. The Music Academy provides a varied enrichment programme and supports our students’ ongoing development, through the provision of heavily subsidised instrumental and vocal lessons by some of the top working musicians working locally, nationally and internationally. It also provides excellent extracurricular activities, including attending workshops, recitals and industry talks from professional visiting musicians. Entry criteria: You should enrol on a Level 2 or 3 music course and commit to music enrichment options, where appropriate. There is a joining fee for the academy.

Journalism Academy (JAx)Supported by Pearson UK, this academy brings together in one place the people, skills, resources and contacts you need to make it as a journalist.

We are proud to offer a range of inspirational academies. For full information visit exe-coll.ac.uk/1618/Academies

This exciting opportunity allows you to get your work published and broadcast with international websites, magazines and newspapers, and in radio and video. You will learn how to interview, write, broadcast, work with editors and how to design magazines. You’ll be able to try work experience, build up a publishable portfolio of work and attend masterclasses with professionals.Entry criteria: You should complete the application form and personal statement and an example of work, such as a feature or news story. You will be considered on your reliability, quality of work, organisational skills and potential as a multimedia journalist. You may also have an interview as part of your application process. There is a small charge for successful applicants per year. Bursaries are available, please ask for details.


Performing Arts AcademyThe Performing Arts Academy brings together Devon’s industry leading companies, venues and professionals with gifted and talented Exeter College performing arts students. It aims to give dedicated and committed performing arts students a diverse range of career enhancing masterclasses, trips and practical workshops that complement the students’ other courses. The culmination of the academy will be a showcase of work to industry professionals. The ethos behind the Performing Arts Academy is to stretch and challenge students who have a serious and genuine ambition to work within the performing arts industry.Entry criteria: The Performing Arts Academy is open to any first or second year student that is studying a performing arts related course and has gained a GCSE grade 4 or above in both English/Maths. Entry is via application, audition and interview. For successful candidates offered a place, there will be a one off academy fee of £200. This includes all sessions and trips. If you are eligible you can apply to the college bursary.

Reach AcademyThe Reach Academy, supported by the Met Office, Michelmores LLP and other local businesses, is a unique initiative for Exeter College’s most academically gifted students. The programme encourages you to stretch yourself academically and to aim high in your university and career ambitions. You will commit approximately 60 hours over the year to extracurricular activities and experiences that will develop your skills and knowledge to benefit your university and job applications.Entry criteria: You will need to have been predicted to achieve 7-9 in your GCSEs and show a strong motivation for extracurricular activities. Complete the Reach Academy Application Form available from our website. There are limited places on the Reach Academy. Students will be selected based on their academic qualifications and following an interview with the Reach Academy co-ordinator. The closing date for applications is the last day of February.

50

Our students wowed audiences with a production of Dreams of Anne Frank at the Barnfield Theatre.

Sports AcademyThe Sports Academy provides an opportunity for gifted and talented sports performers to focus on their chosen sport, in a supportive and specialist environment, whilst studying academic or vocational qualifications. The academy has produced sports performers and teams of the highest quality - many of whom have progressed to study at university level or embarked upon successful careers within sport. The Sports Academy benefits from excellent links and partnerships with local organisations including Exeter City FC, Exeter Chiefs, Fitness First, University of Exeter, Tennis and Cricket Centres, Exeter Golf and Country Club, Exeter Mixed Martial Arts Centre and Exwick Tennis Club.Entry criteria: You should gain the required grades and meet the entry criteria for your full time college course. Please complete a Sports Academy Player Information Form available from our website, this should be completed and returned separately to your full time application form. You will be invited to attend performance trials or meetings to discuss your individual sport and, if selected, you will be asked to make a contribution towards the cost of the Sports Academy.

51 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Art and Design

Based in the Centre for Creative Industries you will have the opportunity to express your ideas through a range of media, specialise in your favourite subject and meet lots of other creative students. You’ll also get the chance to use our workshops, studios and our dedicated learning centre, as well as exhibit your work in our gallery and annual Arts Festival.

Progress to the Exeter School of ArtThe Exeter School of Art offers a range of Foundation Degree courses, as well as the University of the Arts (UAL) Diploma in Art and Design (Foundation Studies). The Foundation Degrees on offer at the Exeter School of Art include Film and TV Production, Fine Art, Graphic Communication, Journalism and Photography.

For more information about the progression opportunities at the Exeter School of Art, please see: www.exeterschoolofart.co.uk



Art and

Design.

52Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 52

Lauren“At Exeter College I have had incredible support and inspiration from all my lecturers. I have enjoyed college more than I thought I would and have come so much further in finding a career path that I love. I am going on to study embroidery at the Royal School of Needlework at Hampton Court to further my career prospects. Exeter College has been friendly and welcoming and I have always felt safe and supported. I don’t think I’d be where I am today without Exeter College.”Studying Art and Design Foundation Diploma Level 3 Previously from Chulmleigh Community College


53 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Art and Design

Art and DesignBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If working in art and design appeals, then this vocational course will be a good choice for you.

You will: > Create an art image > Create a 3D object > Present images using a camera > Plan and market an exhibition > Take part in a week’s work

experience > Enhance your English and

Maths ability > Gain self-confidence and the

knowledge to apply for jobs in the sector

> Understand and develop the skills and qualities necessary to work in this industry

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for Maths and English.

Choose this course if… you enjoy art and working with a wide variety of different art materials in a sketchbook or larger scale. The course content also covers looking at lots of different artists to inspire your work, visiting exciting exhibitions in and around Exeter.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in art and design is really important.

Art and DesignLevel 2 Diploma (UAL) Duration: 1 year

This course is for you if you are interested in, good at, and perhaps considering a career in, art and design. This course will help you to develop your art and design skills, as well as building your study skills in preparation for progression to Level 3.

You will: > Spend your time working on a

variety of practical projects, investigating a wide range of materials and techniques in both 2D and 3D disciplines

> Study the work of other artists and designers, supported by written and practical work

> Enhance your research skills through trips to galleries, museums and specialist workshops

> Develop a personal portfolio, culminating in exhibiting your work at the Summer Show

You will be required to meet deadlines, work independently and have enthusiasm for the arts. Your coursework will be assessed regularly. There are no exams for this course.

Choose this course if… you see yourself as a creative individual and enjoy making art. Next steps: When you complete this course you could progress to a Level 3 course, consider another Level 2 course in a related field or an Apprenticeship.Standard entry requirements: You will need a grade 3 in English and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need 3 other GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE art and design at grade 3 or above. You should have an interest in, and be committed to, studying art and design. You will have to present a portfolio at your interview.

Level 3

Extended

Diploma

Art and Design

We offer four Extended Diplomas in Art and Design:> Fine Art> Graphic Design> Photography> Fashion and Textiles

Each Extended Diploma (detailed on the next two pages) is equivalent to three A Levels, full time and two years in length. The Extended Diploma is intended for those students who are committed to visual arts in whatever form, and want to make a career in it. It will help you to build a portfolio for a university place or apply directly for a job in the industry.

Level 1

Level 2


Fine Art Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL)

Fine Art is the course where you make images, paintings, sculptures, installations, drawings, and photographs because you want to explore an idea for yourself, rather than work to someone else’s. Good drawing skills are demanded. An inquisitive mind and a willingness to explore the visual world are a must.

You will: > Be introduced, in the first term,

to various art and design practices alongside other students on different Extended Diploma programmes

> Be taught a range of techniques and processes in our fully equipped Fine Art studios

> Enjoy a balance of practical/studio work alongside developing an understanding of design theories and commercial practices

> Visit galleries, including an optional residential visit abroad to such locations as Florence, Venice or Berlin

> Define your individual style and build up a strong portfolio of work

Your work will be assessed at the end of each year. You take part in a final exhibition to celebrate your work.

Choose this course if… you are passionate about the arts and see yourself working in the creative industries.Next steps: You could progress to specialist courses at Exeter College, including a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design and then one of our Foundation Degrees. Alternatively, you could begin your career in graphic design, illustration, photography, fine art, animation, web design, teaching, architecture, or interior design. This is the preferred progression route for top arts universities, including our progression partners at UAL.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above and three GCSEs at grade 3 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You should have Art at grade 6 or above and an interest in, and commitment to, art and design. You will have to present a portfolio of artwork at your interview.

Graphic DesignDiploma/Extended Diploma (UAL)

Graphic design is everywhere - posters websites, packaging, illustrations and billboards, amongst others, are all trying to tell us something, to communicate with us. As varied as the work is, there are fundamentals that need to be learned in terms of colour, shape, layout, typography, computer software and working to briefs.

You will: > Learn about various art and design

practices alongside other students on different Extended Diploma programmes

> Be taught a range of techniques and processes





Choose this course if… you are creative, enjoy problem solving and are curious about the visual world we live in.Next steps: You could progress to specialist courses at Exeter College, including a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design and then one of our Foundation Degrees. Or start a career in graphic design, illustration, photography, fine art, animation, web design, teaching, architecture, or interior design. This is the preferred progression route for top arts universities, including our progression partners at UAL.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and three GCSEs at grade 3 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You should have Art at grade 6 or above and an interest in, and commitment to, art and design and you will have to present a portfolio of artwork at your interview.

PhotographyDiploma/Extended Diploma (UAL)

If you are serious about a career in photography, this specialist course is perfect for you. The emphasis of the course is your development as a photographer, but we’ll also teach you about editing, picture layout, photojournalism and the commercial aspects of a career in the creative industries. It is taught as part of the Art and Design Diploma/Extended Diploma.

You will: > Be doing photography from the day

you start to the day you finish > Be taught a range of techniques

and processes in our fully equipped darkrooms and photographic studios

> Enjoy a balance of a practical/studio work alongside developing an understanding of photographic theories and commercial practices



This course is fully independent. Your work will be assessed at the end of each year. You take part in a final exhibition to celebrate your work.

Choose this course if… you enjoy ordering the visual world through a lens and want to develop your unique style. Next steps: You could progress to specialist courses at Exeter College, including a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design and then one of our Foundation Degrees. Alternatively, you could begin your career in graphic design, illustration, photography, fine art, animation, web design, teaching, architecture, or interior design. This is the preferred progression route for top arts universities, including our progression partners at UAL.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and three GCSEs at grade 3 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 or above in Art. You should have an interest in, and commitment to, art and design. You will need a portfolio for interview.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

55 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Art and Design

Fashion and TextilesDiploma/Extended Diploma (UAL)

Fashion and Textiles is a vibrant area of the visual arts where a keen eye for detail, colour, texture and pattern, as well as very good planning and craft skills, are a must and need to be driven by a sharp sense of what is currently going on out there in the real world.

You will: > Be introduced, in the first term, to

various art and design practices, alongside other students on different Extended Diploma programmes

> Be taught a range of techniques and processes in our fully equipped Fashion and Textile studios





Choose this course if… you enjoy the process of designing and making garments or textiles work, and are passionate about fashion and textiles.Next steps: You could progress to specialist courses at Exeter College, including a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design and then one of our Foundation Degrees. Alternatively, you could begin your career in the creative industries. This is the preferred progression route for top arts universities, including our progression partners at UAL.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and three GCSEs at grade 3 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You should have Art at grade 6 or above and an interest in and commitment to art and design. You will have to present a portfolio of artwork at your interview.

3-Dimensional Design (Product Design)AS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course will grow your understanding of 3-Dimensional (3D) art and design. You will develop your capacity to design and make products, produce outcomes and appreciate the complex relationship between design and materials. The focus of the course is on aesthetics of design that include sculpture, architecture and product design.

You will: > Develop creative solutions to design

problems through independent thinking and practical exploration of process and materials

> Understand the key characteristics of materials and processes and how to utilise these through hands on experience

> Develop knowledge and understanding of the broader issues for artists and designers, such as environmental sustainability of products and their manufacture

> Learn to work with materials including ceramics, plastics, plaster, metal, glass and wood and also use a 3D printer

> Develop a personal artistic/design vision

Assessment is by coursework and examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy problem solving, working in a variety of materials and exploring the wider arts. Next steps: Career possibilities include: product design, architecture, interior design or a career in 3D crafts. 3D design also feeds into careers around ecology and sustainability through developing an understanding of consumer and lifestyle awareness.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 or above in GCSE Art or Design Technology.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and would be a good choice with one other creative subject or to complement academic A Level subjects.

Photography - Art and DesignAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This is a great course if you wish to develop advanced photography skills, learn to understand new media and express yourself as a creative individual.

You will: > Be taught a range of techniques

combining traditional and digital photography, images without lenses, and electronic and traditional sketchbook compilation

> Have access to full studio facilities, black and white and colour darkrooms and Photoshop suites

> Experience individual tutorial support to help develop your personal style

> Visit galleries and exhibitions and benefit from visiting speakers

You will be required to produce a portfolio of coursework, and complete an externally set assignment, for each level of the qualification.

Choose this course if… you love taking photographs and getting out and observing the world.Next steps: You could progress on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design or a Photography and Digital Arts Foundation Degree both here at Exeter College. You can progress to study professional or fine art photography or begin your photographic career.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 or above in GCSE Art or a related subject, such as media or graphic products. If this has not been achieved, then a project can be undertaken to demonstrate your suitability for the course.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with most other courses, especially Film Studies, Media Studies and Graphics.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3


Fashion and Textiles - Art and DesignA Level Duration: 2 years

This practical course will enhance your creative and visual recording skills and prepare you for a career in the fashion and textile industry. You will be encouraged to develop your own individual interests.

You will: > Study numerous techniques and

skills, including pattern cutting, printing and hand and machine embroidery

> Develop practical textile skills and independent, creative thinking through theme based projects and research

> Take part in annual fashion shows, including working with external partners such as National Trust - Killerton House, Princesshay Fashion Shows and the Royal Albert Memorial Museum

> Visit exhibitions in London and Paris to experience the work of others, both contemporary and historical

Your work will be assessed informally throughout the course. Your final grade is determined by an external moderator, end of course assessment of the portfolio unit and an externally set assignment unit for each of the two levels.

Choose this course if… you enjoy exploring new processes, designing garments and are passionate about fashion and textiles. Next steps: You could progress to study a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design at Exeter College and then go on to university courses such as Fashion and Costume Design, Textile and Surface Pattern, Fashion Photography and Promotion.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 5 or above in GCSE art or a related subject, such as textiles.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme.

Film and Video - Art and DesignAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Are you a budding creative film maker? If so, then this course offers an excellent career start.

You will: > Experiment with different film styles in

a professional standard HD TV studio > Learn how to analyse films in

Hollywood and art-cinema forms, and apply these ideas to your own work

> Work with musicians, actors, artists, local arts organisations such as Royal Albert Memorial Museum and Exeter Phoenix

> Visit centres of excellence such as the Bill Douglas Centre, Harry Potter World and @Bristol

Your work will be assessed informally, with your final grade set by an externally moderated assignment and the assessment of one unit of coursework.

Choose this course if… you want to find your own style as a creative film maker. Next steps: You could progress on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design or a Photography and Digital Arts Foundation Degree both here at Exeter College. Alternatively, you could start your film or digital media career. There is a strong progression rate to film and digital art degree courses from this programme. Many film and digital art students have gone on to win or be shortlisted for regional, national and international short film competitions, which you will be encouraged to take part in throughout the course.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Some experience of film, video or artwork would be useful but not essential. A grade 4 or above in GCSE Art is preferable.See pages 120-124 for other film related courses.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme, however it cannot be taken alongside AS Fine Art.

Film StudiesA Level Duration: 2 years

What do Scorsese, Coppola and Lucas have in common? They all studied films before they started making them. This course allows you to study different genres of film whilst also producing your own material.

You will: > Deepen your appreciation of cinema

and understanding of the historical, political and cultural context of films

> Study contemporary Hollywood and British film, world cinema and the ‘classics’

> Have the opportunity to go on the New York media trip

> Critically analyse film extracts > Develop your own screenplays > Use industry standard equipment,

including HD equipment and Final Cut Pro

Assessment is by coursework and examination.

Choose this course if… you enjoy watching, discussing and thinking about films. It is ideal if you are interested in film marketing, film making, film history and like dealing with the ‘big ideas’ that make our society and culture tick. Next steps: You could progress on to university level study, such as Exeter College’s Television Production Foundation Degree or employment in the creative industries.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A keen interest in different kinds of film.See pages 120-124 for other film related courses.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes particularly well with Photography, English Literature, History, Politics, Music, Media Studies, Film and Video or other arts/performing arts subjects.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

57 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Fine Art - Art and DesignDuration: 2 years

This is a challenging course which encourages students to pursue individual creative investigations.

You will: > Be part of a thriving art faculty, in

our own creative building - including specialist areas for 3D wood working, silk screen printing and ceramics

> Develop your practical drawing skills together with painting, printmaking, 3D and more experimental work

> Learn how to investigate and explore themes and ideas through the work of past and contemporary artists

> Learn how to express your ideas visually, verbally and in writing

There are two major projects in both the AS and A Level years, one which is externally set by the exam board.

Choose this course if… you are passionate about the arts and want to develop your own practice and understanding of the arts.Next steps: You could progress on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design or a Fine Art Foundation Degree both here at Exeter College. This qualification is well respected by leading universities, it provides an excellent grounding for further study in art and design and supports degree level entry for many other subject areas.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 or above in GCSE Art or a related subject, such as textiles.

This course can be combined and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme, see pages 45-46.

Graphic Design - Art and DesignAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Graphic design is about communicating ideas and information through graphic imagery. You are then encouraged to develop individual solutions to design problems in both traditional and digital media.

You will: > Learn how to present your ideas

to others through visual and other means

> Investigate a range of design specialisms - illustration, advertising, packaging and photography

> Explore your own creative ideas through the use of different media to develop your portfolio

> Take part in visits to experience the work of others, both contemporary and historical

You will be assessed informally through assignments and your final grade will be determined by externally moderated end of year assignments.

Choose this course if… you are creative, enjoy problem solving and want to understand the influence of graphic design in our lives.Next steps: You could progress on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design or a Graphic Communication Foundation Degree both here at Exeter College. Career possibilities include: graphic design, advertising, copywriter, illustration, web design, account handler, publishing and areas such as architecture and car design.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 or above in GCSE art or a related subject such as media or graphic products.


University of the Arts London (UAL) Foundation Diploma in Art and DesignLevel 3+ Diploma in Foundation Studies Duration: 1 year

This intense and exciting course gives you an insight into a wide range of disciplines such as painting, printmaking, 3D materials, fashion and textiles, photography, video, illustration, graphic design and drawing.

You will: > Explore new materials and processes

in your studio practice, backed up by critical and contextual academic study

> Take part in a residential - previous trips have included Berlin, Barcelona, New York and San Francisco

> Visit regional, national and international galleries, including the Royal Albert Memorial Museum

> Build a portfolio to show off your talents and exhibit your work in the Summer Show

Your coursework will be assessed throughout the year.

Choose this course if… you have enjoyed your A Levels/Extended Diploma and want to refine your skills and establish your own artistic style.Next steps: You could progress on to one of our Foundation Degrees here at Exeter School of Art. Many of our students go on to study at some of the UK’s leading arts universities, including our progression partners UAL, or you could start your career in the creative industries.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you should normally have a minimum of five subjects at GCSE or above and will have completed an A Level programme or Extended Diploma in Art and Design.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will have to present a portfolio of work that demonstrates an interest in and a curiosity about the visual world and a desire to communicate this to a wider audience. This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the previous level.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Art and Design


Automotive

Are you a problem solver and interested in technology? Do you have attention to fine detail and a passion for motor vehicles?

Studying industry led automotive courses at our purpose built Technology Centre (see pages 21-22 for a map) you will gain all the practical and technical skills for a career in the automotive industry. The staff come with a wealth of experience from all aspects of industry from manufacturer to independent workshops.

Automotive.

Anna

“The facilities are excellent, they have incredible tools and equipment to be working with and it definitely provides you with the very best that you can be given to start off with before going into the industry. I chose to study mechanics because my mother was a mechanic for a rally team and she currently works for Pirelli. My hopes for the future after college are to carry on in the industry and progress to hopefully owning either my own garage or working for a rally team and supporting women in the industry and proving that they can do it.”Studied Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Principals - Level 2 followed by a Vehicle Body and Paint Operations (Body Repair) Apprenticeship - Level 2


Apprenticeships are also available, see pages 145-168.

58


59 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Automotive

Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light VehicleIMIAL Level 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic skills and knowledge to work on vehicles.

You will: > Learn theory and practical skills

including identification of vehicle components

> Use the latest equipment and vehicles in a realistic, industry standard environment

> Visit garages and shows > Take optional, additional courses

in hybrid and electric vehicle technology and welding

> Develop soft skills, such as communication and employer expectations, to prepare you for the industry

> Have opportunities for work experience alongside your studies

> Gain the practical skills needed to complete your functional skills and GCSE English and Maths

You must achieve all the learning outcomes for each study unit. You will be assessed by IMI practical assessments, centre devised assessment methods and IMI external testing.

Choose this course if… you have an interest in repairing vehicle components and learning how vehicles work. Next steps: You could go on to further study, such as the Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle IMIAL Level 2 Diploma or an Apprenticeship.Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: We may consider other experience if you do not have these grades.

Multi-skilled Body and PaintIMIAL Level 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic skills and knowledge to work on vehicle structure and body work.

You will: > Learn theory and practical skills

including the removal of vehicle components, filler work and basic paint techniques


> Visit garages and shows > Take optional additional courses

in welding > Develop soft skills, such as

communication and employer expectations, to prepare you for the industry


> Gain the practical skills needed to complete your functional skills and GCSE English and Maths

You must achieve all the learning outcomes for each study unit. You will be assessed by IMI practical assessments, centre devised assessment methods and IMI external testing.

Choose this course if… you have an interest in repairing vehicle body work and refinishing. Next steps: You could go on to further study, such as the Vehicle Body Repair or Refinishing IMIAL Level 2 Diploma or an Apprenticeship.Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: We may consider other experience if you do not have these grades.

Vehicle Body Repair or RefinishingIMIAL Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course builds on Level 1 and further develops your knowledge of body repair or refinishing.

You will: > Learn in an innovative, purpose

built spray shop > Work on the latest vehicles and

Car-O-Liner alignment and welding equipment

> Learn skills, including fabrication and welding, removal, repair and replacement of panels and the preparation and application of paint

> Visit manufacturers and attend masterclasses


> Take optional, additional courses in hybrid and electric vehicle technology


> Gain the practical skills needed to complete your GCSE English and Maths

You must achieve all learning outcomes for each study unit. You will be assessed by IMI practical assessments, centre devised assessment methods and IMI external testing.

Choose this course if… you are looking to progress into an Apprenticeship and have a passion for repairing the structural components of vehicles. Next steps: You could go on to study a Level 2 Vehicle Body Repair and Body Refinishing Apprenticeship.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: We may consider other experience if you do not have these grades.

Level 1

Level 2

Level 1


Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light VehicleIMIAL Level 2 Subsidiary Duration: 1 year

This course is designed for those who would like to find a job in the light vehicle automotive industry.

You will: > Study health and safety, tools and

materials, automotive job roles, engines and related systems, vehicle transmission, vehicle electrics and chassis and associated systems






You must achieve all learning outcomes for all units. You will be assessed by IMI practical assessments, centre devised assessment methods and IMI external testing.

Choose this course if… you are looking to progress into an Apprenticeship and have a passion for repairing, servicing and diagnosing vehicle faults. Next steps: After studying the Subsidiary Diploma in the first year, you could progress either to the Extended Diploma for a further year or to a Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Apprenticeship. From the Extended Diploma you could progress to the BTEC Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma in Vehicle Technology or an Apprenticeship.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above in relevant subjects, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: We will also consider your existing academic or vocational qualifications and experience and interest in working in the industry.

Vehicle Fitting Principles - Light VehicleIMIAL Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course is designed for those who would like to find a job in the light vehicle automotive industry.

You will: > Study health and safety, tools and

materials, automotive job roles, braking systems, chassis and associated systems






You must achieve all learning outcomes for all units. You will be assessed by IMI practical assessments, centre devised assessment methods and IMI external testing.

Choose this course if… you are looking to progress into an Apprenticeship or a full time Subsidiary Diploma and have a passion for replacing vehicle systems. Next steps: You could progress either to the Subsidiary Diploma for a further year or to a Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Apprenticeship.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: We will also consider your existing academic or vocational qualifications and experience and interest in working in the industry.

Level 2

Level 2

60

61

Business, Enterprise and Administration

Studying Business courses can open the door to a huge range of careers. We offer a grounding in Business Management and from this students can pursue career pathways in finance/accounting, marketing/sales and leadership and management. These courses are based at Victoria House on Queen Street, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Business.



For information about what your timetable might look like see page 8.



62

Jessica

“The day I achieved my first Distinction I felt amazed and proud that this is where I now am and it gave me hope that I could achieve whatever I wanted to. I have also now learnt to believe in myself, have self confidence that I will do well if I put in the work and try my best. If you asked me at the beginning of the course if I thought I would ever get into university I would have said I’m never going to get the grades for it, but ask me today and I will say yes. Exeter College has been very supportive and it equips you for the next stages of your life, whether you are going on to do an Apprenticeship, go to university or start work.”Studying BTEC 90 Credit Diploma in Business Level 3 Previously studied at The King’s School, Ottery St Mary


63

Business, Enterprise and Administration

BusinessBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

Your interest in gaining a job in business will enable you to make the most of this vocational course, which provides an excellent introduction to business.

You will: > Use practical skills, communication

and team working skills to increase your business knowledge

> Learn about businesses in our local area, how to communicate with customers, how to brand a product and how to create effective business presentations

> Gain a week’s work experience > Improve your transferable ICT,

English and Maths skills > Understand and develop the skills

and qualities necessary to work in this industry

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework and will need to sit tests for your English and Maths.

Choose this course if… you want to develop a range of skills you can use in the business sector or progress to further study.Next steps: On completion of this course, you should have the confidence to go on to a Level 2 course, an Apprenticeship or out to work.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the business industry is really important.This course takes place at the Ted Wragg Building, see page 21-22 for a map.

BusinessBTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This course equips you with a wide range of practical skills and prepares you for a career in a business.

You will: > Study topics such as enterprise

in the business world and finance for business

> Learn about the principles of marketing and customer service

> Find out what it takes to build successful business teams

> Take part in work experience and business visits, as well as initiatives such as interview preparation and role plays

Assessment is by assignments, external examinations, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you are looking to gain knowledge in different aspects of business, with a keen ambition to work in a business environment. Next steps: You could go on to study a Level 3 course such as Level 3, 90 Credit Diploma in Business. Or you could apply for an Apprenticeship or go into employment in an administration/business related role.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths (or Functional Skills English and Maths at Level 1). If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in a business related career such as personal assistant or medical secretary, retail or finance.

Level 1

Level 2

George

“At college I was able to meet local business leaders who spurred me on to take the risk and go for it. My course gave me the right tools so I could take them forward into the real world.”George now runs his own company, Ideal First Car, and recently won a prestigious new innovation award at the Ideas Mean Business Awards


BusinessA Level Duration: 2 years

This course offers a good introduction to your career in business. Students will study business in a variety of contexts (for example, large/small, UK focused/global, service/manufacturing).

You will: > Study units such as managers,

leadership and decision making, marketing, operations, finance and human resources

> Consider how established businesses might improve their effectiveness

> Look at the business environment, strategies for success and managing change

> Study in small groups and individually as well as attending lectures

> Have opportunities to take part in business challenge competitions

Assessment is by examination at the end of the course. There is no coursework option.

Choose this course if… you enjoy learning about different aspects of business theory.Next steps: This course prepares you for further academic study at university level, including courses such as the Business Higher National Diploma (HND) at Exeter College. You could also progress into a career in business and management or launch your own business.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths and six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must enjoy reading and Maths, following business developments and thinking critically about contemporary business issues. If you enter the course with a grade 4 in Maths you will be required to attend additional sessions in core mathematic skills for business.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes particularly well with Maths, English Language, Sociology and Modern Foreign Languages.

BusinessBTEC Level 3 Certificate/ Subsidiary Diploma Duration: 1 or 2 years

A practical, work related course, providing a grounding in business education. This course is aimed at students wanting to study more than one subject area and you will combine this course with either A Levels or other Level 3 Certificate/Extended Certificates.

You will: > Study the business environment and

resources, as well as learning about marketing, finance, human resource management, criminal law and business communication

> Learn by completing projects and assignments that are based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands

> Have the opportunity to go on day trips and meet visiting speakers

Assessment is by assignments, external examinations, observation and written work. An overall grade for the qualification is awarded to all learners who successfully complete all units. The individual units are graded with pass, merit or distinction and these, when added together at the end of the year, relate to the overall grade of pass, merit, distinction or distinction*.

Choose this course if… you are passionate about investigating a variety of aspects in the business world from current events, law, marketing, international business and how to use social media in business. It is ideal if you want to venture out and start your own business. Next steps: When combined with other Level 3 courses, students may choose to progress on to the Business Higher National Diploma (HND) at Exeter College. You could go on to a career in business specialisms such as finance, human resources, management or marketing.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.


BusinessBTEC Level 3 90 Credit Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This full time course will help you forge a career in business specialisms such as finance, human resources, management, retail or marketing. In the second year, you will have the opportunity to study a specialist pathway in either marketing and sales, finance and accounting or leadership and management.

You will: > Study the business environment

and business resources, as well as learning about marketing, finance, human resource management and business communication

> Have the opportunity to complete work experience

> Benefit from the college’s links with partner organisations in finance, managing events and human resource management

> Learn from guest speakers and external visits

Assessment is by assignments, internal controlled assessments, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you have an interest in business and leadership, if you enjoy working with people, or if you would like to develop an activity or passion you already have by setting up a business. This course will prepare you for a wide variety of roles in organisations and give you the skills and insight to pursue a career that makes a difference to yourself and others.Next steps: All students work on a variety of vocational tasks that will prepare you for higher education courses or employment. You may decide to take professional qualifications or apply for management training positions. You will be able to progress to study business based university level courses. Alternatively, you could progress to the Business Higher National Diploma (HND) at Exeter College.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent BTEC Level 2 course.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Construction and the Built Environment

Keen to train for one of the UK’s largest industries?

We offer a range of courses suited to the needs of local employers and young people looking to gain valuable industry knowledge, experience and skills. If you want to develop your skills in a dedicated, purposeful environment at our Construction Centre in Sowton then come and visit our facilities and meet our dedicated, industry specific staff.

Construction

and the Built

Environment.

Eddie

“The atmosphere has been really good, I have learned a lot whilst I’ve been here. I have really enjoyed it because I’ve learnt a lot of practical skills. The staff have been really supportive in everything I’ve done. My tutor has been really supportive when I’m trying to complete assignments and get things done on time, they have just pushed me to do better. I really recommend Exeter College due to the facilities that are here and the support that you get given. Everything is just really good about it.”Studying Carpentry and Joinery Diploma Level 1 Previously studied at Exmouth Community College



You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

Look out for this icon in the course information

65


66

BrickworkLevel 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic knowledge and skills you need for a career in brickwork.

You will: > Study safe construction practices

and building methods > Undertake blockwork, bricklaying

and cavity walling in our spacious brick workshops, supported by some formal classroom sessions

> Learn employability skills expected by employers

> Gain additional qualifications in English and Maths

> Benefit from strong industry links, guest speakers, site visits and the potential for work experience

Assessment is by a combination of written and practical tests and online exams. Success rates are excellent.

Choose this course if… you enjoy being outdoors, working as part of a team and are self-motivated. Also, it is a great choice if you want to develop your skills and to progress into the brickwork trade.Next steps: On completion, you could progress to the Level 2 Diploma in Brickwork or seek an Apprenticeship as a bricklayer.Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: If you do not have these grades you may still be able to study this course, subject to an interview with a course specialist. You will be required to demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding.

Carpentry and JoineryLevel 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course will equip you with the necessary theory and practical skills to achieve a construction industry recognised qualification.

You will: > Learn about safe working practices,

building methods and construction technology

> Produce basic woodworking joints in our fully equipped workshops

> Know how to use and maintain carpentry tools

> Carry out a series of practical training exercises

> Focus on transferable skills such as English and Maths

Assessment is by written, online and practical tests.

Choose this course if… you enjoy working with wood, working as part of a team and are self-motivated. Also, this course is a great choice if you want to develop your skills and to progress into the carpentry and joinery trade.Next steps: You could progress to the Level 2 Diploma in Site Carpentry, or seek a carpentry Apprenticeship where you will attend college on day or block release.Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: If you do not have these grades you may still be able to study this course, subject to an interview with a course specialist. You will be required to demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding.

Painting and DecoratingLevel 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic knowledge and skills you need to achieve an industry recognised qualification in painting and decoration.

You will: > Learn how to work safely, including

erecting and dismantling working platforms

> Work mainly in our well equipped, modern workshops and resource centre

> Prepare surfaces for decoration > Paint with brushes and rollers,

apply foundation and plain papers and produce specialist, decorative finishes

> Hear from guest speakers and go on site visits

> Undertake practical training exercisesAssessment is by written, online and practical tests.

Choose this course if… you enjoy working to a high standard and being creative and want to develop your skills and to progress into the painting and decorating trade.Next steps: You could progress on to the Level 2 Diploma in Painting and Decorating, or seek an Apprenticeship on day or block release.Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: If you do not have these grades you may still be able to study this course, subject to an interview with a course specialist. You will be required to demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding.

Level 1

Level 1

Level 1

Did you know? From September 2020 we will be introducing new T Levels in Construction - see page 42 for more information.

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk


PlumbingLevel 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This hands on course starts to prepare you for a plumbing Apprenticeship.

You will: > Learn key plumbing principles

and develop hands on skills and techniques

> Build your confidence and competence in plumbing techniques

> Work in purpose built and fully equipped plumbing workshops

> Develop your transferable skills in English and Maths

> Benefit from strong industry links, guest speakers, site visits and the potential for work experience

Assessment is by multiple choice exams and practical tests.

Choose this course if… you want to learn new skills and gain understanding of plumbing and be able to progress on within the trade.Next steps: Progression can be to Level 2 study at Exeter College or to gain employment, perhaps with further training.Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: As the main progression route is to an Apprenticeship or Level 2 course, higher GCSE results would be a distinct advantage. You will be required to demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding.

BrickworkLevel 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

Having fully completed the Level 1 Diploma, this course builds on your knowledge and skills to give you a more in depth understanding and practical experience of brickwork.

You will: > Learn through a balance of

classroom and practical work > Interpret working drawings to set out

various types of masonry structures > Take a deeper look at health and

safety, construction technology and building methods

> Continue to build your industry links and experience

> Further develop your transferable skills in English and Maths

Assessment is by a combination of written and practical tests and online exams.

Choose this course if… you want to develop the skills that you learnt at Level 1, progress in the bricklaying trade or work towards an Apprenticeship.Next steps: On completion of this course, you will be more ready for employment. With adequate work experience, you could progress to an Apprenticeship working towards an NVQ and attending college on day or block release.Standard entry requirements: This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the Level 1 Diploma in Brickwork, achieved a high attendance rate and have successfully achieved functional skills targets.

Bench JoineryLevel 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

Having successfully completed the Level 1 Diploma in Carpentry and Joinery, you will further develop your knowledge and practical skills in carpentry.

You will: > Gain knowledge and skills in basic

woodworking joints, maintenance and use of hand tools and the preparation and use of portable power tools

> Demonstrate safe working practices and an understanding of health and safety requirements

> Erect complex structural carcassing components and install first and second fixings

> Learn about construction technology and building methods

> Gain qualifications that prove you can carry out your job to the required standard

Assessment will be through a combination of practical exercises and online exams.

Choose this course if… you enjoy making bespoke pieces such window frames, staircases etc. and pay attention to detail. Using hand and power tools you will acquire more skills to work towards an Apprenticeship.Next steps: You could progress to an Apprenticeship (Level 2 NVQ) or an Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3 NVQ). This route will enable you to become a fully qualified bench joiner.Standard entry requirements: This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the Level 1 Diploma in Carpentry and Joinery, achieved a high attendance rate and have successfully achieved functional skills targets.

Level 1

Level 2

Level 2

67


Electrical InstallationLevel 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This real world course prepares you to work effectively and safely in an electrotechnical environment and is ideal for anyone who wants to become a fully qualified electrician.

You will: > Study a range of units around the

technology and installation of electricity

> Learn safe working practices through a combination of practical work, in our fully equipped electrical workshop and classroom

> Hear from guest speakers from the industry

> Attend the largest electrical show in the West Country

Assessment is through a combination of online exams and practical exercises.

Choose this course if… you would like to learn about the installation and maintenance of electrical wiring systems in our homes, businesses, and factories. Next steps: With adequate work experience, you could progress to an Advanced Apprenticeship working towards an NVQ and attending college on day release.Standard entry requirements: You need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English and Maths at grade 4.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 in Science. You will be required to demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding.

Painting and DecoratingLevel 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course takes you to the next stage, once you have completed the Level 1 Diploma in Painting and Decorating.

You will: > Gain further experience in using

a range of tools in our specialist workshop

> Hang standard papers to walls and ceilings

> Produce specialist decorative finishes

> Apply paint systems using HVLP spray equipment

> Develop a more in depth understanding of health and safety, construction technology and building methods

> Hear from guest speakers and go on site visits

> Continue to develop your workplace skills and be encouraged to seek work experience

Assessment is by written, online and practical tests.

Choose this course if… you want the chance to leave a lasting impression and you have an eye for detail. As the finishing trade your work is always on show.Next steps: If you find employment, you can progress to an Apprenticeship (Level 2 NVQ). This route enables you to become a fully qualified painter or decorator.Standard entry requirements: This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the Level 1 Diploma in Painting and Decorating, achieved a high attendance rate and have successfully achieved functional skills targets.

Level 2

Level 2

68

Did you know? Studying these courses you will benefit from strong industry links, site visits and a range of guest speakers.

69 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk


PlumbingLevel 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

You can be sure of meeting industry standards for basic plumbing if you study this course. It builds on Level 1 to cover all the essential foundation skills as you work towards becoming a fully qualified plumber.

You will: > Gain a good grounding for

progression to a higher level course or starting work

> Cover domestic water systems and piping, soldering and health and safety

> Work in our fully equipped training workshop

> Learn from site visits and guest speakers

You will be assessed through online exams and practical exercises.

Choose this course if… you want to develop the skills you learnt at Level 1, such as installing piping for water and drainage and fitting bathrooms. You will also progress towards an Apprenticeship. Next steps: You could progress to further study in construction or an Apprenticeship which includes day release at college.Standard entry requirements: This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the Level 1 Diploma in Plumbing, achieved a high attendance rate and have successfully achieved functional skills targets.

Construction and the Built EnvironmentBTEC Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 1-2 years

This programme is aimed at a professional role within the construction industry and gives you a nationally recognised qualification and a broad choice of career routes into construction or civil engineering.

You will: > Study subjects including sustainable

construction, project management, science and materials, health and safety, Computer Aided Design (CAD), surveying and property valuation

> Carry out practical work associated with surveying and setting out buildings

> Use the latest surveying equipment and AutoCAD packages

> Undertake site visits to construction and civil engineering projects

Assessment is by assignments and externally set projects.

Choose this course if… you have a good understanding of maths and science, and would like an introduction into the construction and civil engineering industry. Next steps: You could go on to study at university level, for example, progressing to a Construction or Civil Engineering Higher National Certificate (HNC) at Exeter College. Potential careers include architecture, building management and surveying, quantity surveying, estates management, civil engineering and building services engineering.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 in Science.

Level 2

Level 3

Have you considered our Apprenticeship options? See pages 145-168 for full information.


Dance, Performing Arts and Production

Whether you are a passionate dancer or actor interested and dedicated to the performing arts, or you are looking to start a career in the production arts and want to work backstage, then our wide range of courses are perfect for you. You’ll get the opportunity to work in specialist studios and a professional theatre, as well as our fantastic new dance studio with two dedicated classrooms.

You will also have the opportunity to experience working and performing in professional venues within the

Dance,

Performing

Arts and

Production.

Daisy“I have enjoyed exploring different dance styles and increasing my dance theory understanding. After college I’m going off to a dance school in London to study BA (Hons) in Theatre Dance. However, after this I want to go to become as Dance Journalist, which is why I’m studying Media Studies alongside my two dance subjects. The environment at college is very relaxed. I have met so many different people at college, as well as some amazing and supportive teachers. The teachers at college are helpful and understanding if you have any issues, and are constantly driving you to achieve the best you can.”Studying Media Studies and Dance A Levels and Performing Arts (Dance) BTEC Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma Previously studied at Exmouth Community College


Did you know? Exeter College has its very own Performing Arts Academy and Extend Dance programmes. See page 50 for details.

70

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study


city centre. We currently use Exeter Phoenix, the Barnfield Theatre and Theatre Alibi’s rehearsal space Emmanuel Hall. The Performing Arts and Dance courses are based in the Centre for Creative Industries (CCI), see pages 21-22 for the map.

71 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk


Performing ArtsUAL Level 2 Duration: 1 year

This specialist course is designed to give you the knowledge and occupational expertise to seek employment in the performing arts industry at introductory level.

You will: > Explore a diverse range of practical,

research and academic units > Enhance your skills in acting,

singing and movement > Develop teamwork skills through

small group projects > Investigate job roles connected

with backstage careers > Be expected to demonstrate high

levels of commitment, including evening and weekend attendance at live performances in our own theatre and city venues


Choose this course if… you enjoy acting, singing, movement, performing, creative problem solving, working collaboratively and being directed.Next steps: You could go on to the BTEC Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma in Dance, Performing and Production Arts UAL Diploma/Extended Diploma or A Level Dance or Drama courses. You may also seek employment in the arts, entertainment and leisure industries.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English Language and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need a very keen interest in performing arts. You will be required to participate in an all-day workshop as part of the selection process.

Performing and Production ArtsUAL Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is ideal for those looking to progress to degree level study or employment in the performing arts. It provides an opportunity for those who have an interest in the performing arts to explore, develop and test their creativity within a qualification structure which is stimulating, demanding and provides a supportive transition from general to more specialised study.

You will: > Develop, rehearse and perform a

diverse range of work > Work in professional performing arts

spaces within the city > Explore both performance and

production roles > Participate in live performances

and workshops > Study a diverse range of practical,

research and academic unitsAssessment is based on your written and practical work and presentations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy acting, singing, dance, performing, risk taking, giving everything a go, being led by your creative discoveries and applying research to your performance work.Next steps: You could progress into employment in the performing arts and other industries, or to university or drama school. Previous students have progressed on to courses at Italia Conti Academy of Theatre Arts, The Academy of Live and Recorded Arts, Guild School of Acting, East 15 Drama School, Laines, Performers, Bird, Millennium Stage School, Central School of Speech and Drama, University of Exeter, Chichester University, York University, Southampton University and Bath Spa University.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must also be able to work effectively in a group. You will be invited to a selection day to participate in an all-day group workshop.

Performing ArtsBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course offers you a broad based introduction to a career in the performing arts, and will help you develop the basic skills, knowledge and qualities you need to progress.

You will: > Study an exciting range of subjects

including acting skills, technical support for performance and take part in theatre/studio performances

> Develop your practical creative skills > Take part in theatre trips > Be able to go on a week’s work

experience > Improve your ability in English

and Maths > Understand and develop the skills


You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for English and Maths.

Choose this course if… You want to develop the skills to go on to a course that will lead you into the performance industry. This course is a great choice if you want to develop your confidence and ability to work with others in a practical environment.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English Language and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the performing arts industry is really important.This course takes place at the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Level 2

Level 1

Level 2


Production Arts (Arts Management)BTEC Level 3 Certificate/Extended Certificate Duration: 2 years

This course is ideal if you wish to focus on the organisation, planning and implementation of live performance events rather than performing.

You will: > Work in teams to plan and manage events > Develop business and financial planning skills > Undertake projects from working front of house to

implementing marketing strategies for real events, including festivals

> Have the opportunity to work on live projects in venues across the city

> Gain transferable skills in time management, planning and organisation

You will be assessed on a variety of coursework, including performance support. There are no examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy working outside of the timetable, researching, networking, marketing, budgeting, devising, working in teams and managing events. Next steps: You could progress on to a production arts course at university or drama school. There are many transferable skills gained through studying production arts that can be effectively applied to a range of other career and employment pathways.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Experience in the arts, particularly drama, music and performing arts or experience of events management would be useful.

This course can be combined (see pages 45-46) and goes well with subjects such as Music, Music Technology, Business, Art, Photography, Media, Drama, English Literature and Language, Film Studies, History, Sociology and Psychology.

DanceLevel 3 Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This full time vocational dance course focuses specifically on developing your dance technique, performance and choreographic skills in order to become a diverse, industry aware dancer.

You will: > Broaden your knowledge and understanding of a range

of dance styles and techniques > Perform a diverse range of work

in front of live audiences > Be taught by, and gain practical experience with,

professional dancers and companies > Learn how to choreograph your own dance work > Develop knowledge and understanding of the

demands on the dancer in training > Gain insight into current dance companies and

practitioners through written and practical work > Prepare for higher education or conservatoire

dance courses > Gain real insight and experience of the dance industry

Assessment is by practical and written assignments.

Choose this course if… you enjoy dancing and want to pursue a career in the dance industry.Next steps: You can progress into higher education at a dance conservatoire, university or musical theatre school.Standard entry requirements: you will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent, including grade 4 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English Language or Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Previous dance training/experience is essential. You will be invited to an experience day prior to enrolment.

Level 3

Level 3

72

We have a fantastic new dance studio opening in Summer 2019!

73 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk


DanceBTEC Level 3 Extended Certificate Duration: 2 years

This course is perfect for you if you are serious about studying dance, whilst enabling you to have the choice of a combination of other A Levels/ BTEC courses.

You will: > Gain experience of performance and

develop your own choreography throughout the course

> Be practically assessed by choreographing a group piece, undertaking every role for performance and production

> Engage in critical thinking about dance as an art form through the analysis of a variety of dance companies and artists

> Take a range of practical classes to strengthen your technical and performance skills

Assessment is by written and practical examination: 50% is written and 50% is practical examination.

Choose this course if… you enjoy dance and want to the opportunity to study it alongside other subjects.Next steps: You could go on to study dance at university or a dance conservatoire.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Previous dance experience is essential.


Drama and TheatreA Level Duration: 2 years

This course allows you to combine practical performance with theoretical work, based on studying set plays and their stage history. This course is largely taught in studio spaces.

You will: > Study and interpret play texts from a

range of periods and genres > Study and practically explore

the techniques and practices of seminal theatre practitioners and attend a wide variety of live theatre performances and workshops

> Rehearse, develop and perform extracts of published plays and create and perform your own devised material

> Develop transferable skills, such as communication, public speaking, teamwork, negotiation, creativity and leadership skills

Assessment is by practical performance and written coursework (60%) and written examination (40%).

Choose this course if… you enjoy reading, plays, writing, devising, performing and watching theatre. You will work from the perspective of an actor, director and designer, as you explore different ways of interpreting theatre from page to stage. Next steps: You could progress to Exeter College’s Extended Diploma in Performing Arts, university or drama school. There are many transferable skills gained through studying drama that are suitable a range of other careers.Standard entry requirements: Grade 5 in English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: There will be an audition workshop. You must be able to work effectively and creatively in a group and offer a high level of commitment and responsibility. You must be competent at essay writing and enjoy reading plays and watching live performance work.

This course can be combined (see pages 45-46) and goes well with any subject but particularly works well with Art or Media based subjects and English and Humanities courses.

Level 3

Level 3

Our BTEC Extended Diploma Performing Arts students recently performed the musical ‘Oh, What a Lovely War!’, written by Joan Littlewood and Theatre Workshop, at the Barnfield Theatre, Exeter.


Engineering and Aerospace

Our engineering students benefit from all the latest industry standard equipment in workshops, developing all the skills they need to work in an exciting and dynamic industry. We also have an excellent partnership with Flybe, with aerospace students training at the fantastic Flybe Academy.

These courses take place at our fantastic purpose-built Technology Centre and the Flybe Academy. See pages 21-22 for maps and visit our website for more information about the academy.

Engineering

and Aerospace.

Robson

“There are a lot of possibilities for progression within the college, which can be enjoyed. I like the fact that there is a lot of independent study and during the second year of this course a massive part of it is your project. At college you meet people from all walks of life and different backgrounds who all have different dreams and things that they want to do, and so meeting these people is brilliant, in the sense that everyone can come together to put across their interests and start to understand other people. I think that is something that can provide you with experience for when you leave college. From all the tutors at college I have had nothing but brilliance from them, they are very supportive in the sense that if you are struggling or you do fall behind they are there to help in regards to those situations and to get you through it which I’m very grateful for.”Studied Engineering BTEC Extended Certificate Level 2 and then progressed to the Extended Diploma Level 3 Previously studied at Dawlish Community College





74

Did you know? Exeter College has recently opened a world class multi-million pound centre of excellence for robotics, industrial automation, advanced manufacturing and virtual welding. Find out more on page 15.


75 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Engineering and Aerospace

EngineeringLevel 3 Extended Certificate/Foundation Diploma/Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration per course: 1 year

This challenging, academic and work related Diploma course prepares you for entry to employment or university level education. On completion, you could progress to the Extended Diploma or an Apprenticeship.

You will: > Develop your specialist skills,

knowledge and understanding of engineering principles, problems and solutions

> Study mechanical as well as electrical and electronic engineering units

> Carry out controlled practical work in our fully equipped workshops and laboratories

> Develop skills valued by employers, such as Maths, Communication and Computer Aided Design (CAD)

> Attend masterclasses from industry experts and visit manufacturing sites

> Choose additional courses in CNC and study Robotics Programming in our new state of the art Advanced Manufacturing and Industrial Automation facility

Assessment is by internally or externally set coursework or examinations.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for engineering with a progression plan to university or an Apprenticeship. Next steps: After successful completion of the Extended Diploma you will be qualified to work as an engineering technician or you may choose to progress to university level study. Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Manufacturing Engineering or Mechanical Engineering HNC can be studied at Exeter College. Alternatively, you could begin an Apprenticeship with an employer.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 5 in Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 4 or above in Science, Double Science or Physics.

Aeronautical EngineeringLevel 3 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

With shared resource links to the Flybe Training Academy, this full time course is for students with a passion for Aeronautical Engineering.

You will: > Gain theoretical and practical

competencies in all aspects of aircraft engineering maintenance and repair

> Complete a Level 3 Extended Certificate in Engineering

> Study at the new Technology Centre in your first year, with the potential to progress to the Flybe Training Academy at Exeter Airport

> Attain the skills and knowledge to prepare you for a career that has great potential to earn a very competitive salary

The course consists of six units, two of which are externally assessed through online tests, the remaining four are assessed through written assignment completion.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for aeronautical engineering and are looking to progress into an Apprenticeship or on to a Diploma in Engineering. Next steps: This course can lead on to the Flybe programme (subject to space) or progression to the Diploma in Engineering at Exeter College. Completion of these courses can lead to either a Foundation Degree or HNC.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 4 or above in Science, Double Science or Physics. You need a passion for learning and a keen interest in a hands on engineering career.

EngineeringLevel 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

If you intend to pursue a career in engineering, this course provides the theory and practical skills you will need at the start of your journey.

You will: > Study mechanical and electrical

engineering > Learn how to work safely and how

to use and interpret engineering information

> Develop your Maths, Computer Aided Design (CAD) and engineering science skills

> Carry out controlled practical work in our fully equipped workshops and laboratories

> Use state of the art CNC and CAD equipment

> Attend masterclasses from industry experts and visit manufacturing sites

> Choose additional courses in CNC Programming


Choose this course if… you have a passion for engineering but are undecided on your career pathway.Next steps: You could progress to the Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in Engineering (subject to achieving a merit profile or better), an Apprenticeship, A Levels or employment.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 3 in Science. You should also have an interest in engineering as a career.

Level 3

Level 2

Level 3


Aircraft EngineeringFlybe Diploma Level 3 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This ground-breaking programme is one of a new framework of industry recognised qualifications and, on successful completion you can progress on to the second year Diploma. On full completion of the Flybe qualification you will be well on your way to becoming a licensed aircraft engineer.



> Complete a Level 3 Diploma in Engineering.

> Study at the Flybe Training Academy at Exeter Airport

> Work in our well equipped, industry standard workshops

> Gain on the job training in a real airline environment in Flybe hangars


Assessment is carried out by internal assessment and completion of assignment based criteria.

Choose this course if… you are passionate about aircraft engineering.Next steps: After successfully completing this one year course, you can apply for the Level 3 Diploma in Aircraft Engineering which prepares you for progression to the Foundation Degree.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 5 in Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 4 or above in Science, Double Science or Physics. You need a passion for learning and a keen interest in a hands on engineering career.

Aeronautical EngineeringFlybe Diploma Level 3 Duration: 1 year

This ground breaking programme is one of a new framework of industry recognised qualifications and, on successful completion of this programme, you can progress on to the final two years of the Foundation Degree. On completion of the full Flybe qualification you will be well on your way to becoming a licensed aircraft engineer.



> Complete a Level 3 Diploma in Engineering and complete aspects of modules towards the EASA Part 66 B1.1 licence

> Study at the Flybe Training Academy at Exeter Airport

> Work on live aircraft as well as in our well equipped workshops

> Gain on the job training in a real airline environment in Flybe hangars


The course consists of six units all six are internally assessed through written assignment completion.

Choose this course if… you wish to progress on to a Foundation Degree in Aeronautical Engineering and complete the initial stages of the industry recognised B’ licence.Next steps: After successfully completing this course, you can apply for our Aircraft Engineering Foundation Degree, preparing you for employment with Flybe or another airline maintenance facility.Standard entry requirements: Successful completion of either the Flybe Aeronautical Engineering or Exeter College’s Aeronautical Diplomas. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 4 or above in Science, Double Science or Physics. You need a passion for learning and a keen interest in a hands on engineering career.

Level 3

Level 3

Our new robotics workshop is the largest of its kind in the FE and HE sector in Europe.

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

English Language and Literature

Are you interested in the power of language and the human imagination? Do you enjoy exploring the communication of ideas and the search for meaning?

Perhaps you would like to develop your skills further in understanding and using the written word - whatever your interests, we have a course to suit you.

These courses are based at our Hele Road site. See pages 21-22 for the map.

English

Language and

Literature.

Cara

“The teaching at Exeter College is phenomenal - a different level than you get at school. I loved my English Language class particularly and it’s been a brilliant experience.”Studied English Language, English Literature and Sociology A Levels

Previously studied at Honiton Community College

Lauren“Cara and I met on the first day of college and have been good friends ever since! I’ve met loads of really nice people which has been one of the best parts of college for me. The teaching is really good and I would 100% recommend Exeter College.”Studied English Language, Sociology and Media Studies A Levels

Previously studied at Queen Elizabeth’s Community College, Crediton

77



78

English LiteratureA Level Duration: 2 years

Reading is to the mind what exercise is to the body, therefore this course offers you a full workout. Exploring ideas of what it means to be human from some of the greatest writers to have ever lived, you will be enthralled, challenged and have your imagination energised for good.

You will: > Study a wide variety of texts,

covering the major literary genres of poetry, prose and drama

> Read a range of literature by a variety of authors in different historical periods, considering how the historical, social and literary context can illuminate writers’ ideas

> Consider the use of structure, form and language in texts

> Enhance your techniques of analysis, evaluation and comparison

> Develop your ability to research and follow a reasoned argument

> Have the chance to attend theatre trips, author talks and events

Assessment will be through external examination and a small component of non-exam assessment.

Choose this course if… you enjoy the thrill of a great book and are prepared to share your ideas, as well as have them challenged by others.Next steps: You could go on to university level education, and/or a range of careers. English Literature is highly regarded by universities as one of the select number of ‘facilitating’ subjects most desired by competitive institutions.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes particularly well with Humanities and arts subjects.

English LanguageAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course focuses on sociolinguistics which means that we will study and analyse the ways in which society and language influence one another. This could be in the form of key concepts and issues such as power or gender, or looking at how children learn to talk, read and write.

You will: > Gain an in depth understanding of

how language is constructed > Develop creative skills and expertise

as a writer, experimenting with different styles

> Explore how language varies and changes over time

> Develop transferable skills relating to the interpretation and analysis of different types of communication

> Study how language develops from childhood

> Explore language related issues, such as global English, gender identity, power, journalism and regional language variation

Assessment will be through external examination and a small component of non-exam assessment in the second year.

Choose this course if… you are interested in popular culture, current affairs and the development of the English Language in society.Next steps: This is an incredibly versatile qualification. Students have gone on to work in some of the following careers: teaching, advertising, public relations, marketing, TV and radio, journalism, publishing, copywriting, editing, law, speech and language therapy and many more.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: It will be possible to discuss the challenges of this course compared with GCSE at interview as it is not a simple continuation of GCSE English.

This course can be combined with most other courses (see pages 45-46)and goes particularly well with English Literature, Modern Foreign Languages, Classics, and Humanities based subjects.

Classical CivilisationAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This wide ranging course is for you if you are interested in the culture and society of Graeco-Roman antiquity and its impact upon the modern world.

You will: > Cover Greek and Roman philosophy,

religion, politics, historical context, culture and society from the Bronze

> Age to late antiquity > Learn about the founding of modern

civilisation through studying the literature, culture and thought of the Graeco-Roman world

> Be taught by research active specialists with links to the University of Exeter and to the wider academic community

> Have the opportunity to visit the theatre to see performances relevant to your course. There may also be opportunities for trips abroad to classical sites

You will be examined by written examination through essays and textual analysis. There are two examinations for AS and two for A Level.

Choose this course if… you like reading, history, drama, discussion/debating.Next steps: This course will enhance your knowledge and understanding of the classics and enable you to gain points for entry into university level education. This subject is highly regarded by both universities and employers.Standard entry requirements: Grade 6 in English and 4 in maths. Plus, six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Alternatively, a 6 in GCSE history where a 6 in English GCSE is not held. You do not need knowledge of either Greek or Latin, although there will be an opportunity to learn some of the basics of these languages.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with English Literature, History, Philosophy and Politics.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

79 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Foundation Learning and Support

We pride ourselves on our excellent support and a range of specialist programmes from Entry Level to Level 2 allow us to cater for all learners’ needs.

We help build your confidence, self-esteem, social skills and functional skills to help you achieve qualifications suitable for your ability. We ensure all students participate fully and equally and make necessary reasonable adjustments to allow you to reach your true potential and gain the most from your experience here at Exeter College. We are really proud of how our students progress either within the college or on to other local colleges, Apprenticeships or employment. You will have full support in and out of the classroom with at least one support worker present at all times and there is always someone available for support in between lessons, for example, during lunchtimes and break times.

The purpose built Ted Wragg building has bright, spacious classrooms, a fully equipped kitchen, IT suite, furnished flat to train independent living and easy access to the building and all floors. We have a Work Inspiration Team to help you on your path to employment. See pages 21-22 for the locations map.

Our Entry and Level 1 courses are designed to help you to progress to: > A full Level 2 qualification > Skilled work or an Apprenticeship > Independent living or supported employment > GCSEs or other similar level courses

Courses have an emphasis on developing the practical and work based skills that you use in the workplace. Practical work in specialist facilities, both at college and/or in work placements, will support you to develop the skills employers want. You will also improve your self-confidence and communication skills throughout your course as you develop your knowledge and understanding.

Foundation

Learning and

Support.Please note, many of Exeter College’s Level 1 courses are based in the Foundation Learning and Support faculty, however we do offer some in other faculties at Exeter College. Please see below for the full listing of the Level 1 courses we offer and where to find them in this guide.

Do you want to work in or learn about?

> Art and Design 53, 82 > Brickwork 66 > Business 63, 82 > Caring for Children 92 > Carpentry and Joinery 66 > Catering Craft (and Food Service) 97 > Digital Media 82, 121 > Health and Social Care 83, 93 > Hospitality and Tourism 83, 142 > Information Technology 83 > Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector 87 > Painting and Decorating 68 > Performing Arts 84 > Plumbing 67 > Professional Cookery 97 > Professional Cookery - Michael Caines Academy 97 > Public Services 84, 93 > Sport (Outdoor Adventure) 84, 130 > Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle 59

You can also find out about Prince’s Trust (Level 1), Work Skills Plus and Positive Pathways course programmes on page 48.

For other options to get you started see page 48.

xxxxxxxx


Katy

“I decided to enrol on the course because I wanted to be independent and learn new skills. My main achievements at Exeter College have been getting better at handling my emotions and improving my memory. I really enjoy college life and everyone is very welcoming, it’s been really amazing.”Studying Paths 2 Independence Previously studied at Ellen Tinkham School


Paris

“I have enjoyed being who I am and making new friends. I want to carry on and get more into performing arts after my course because it has been my dream since I was younger. I have had the best time at college and I love it here. It has been awesome, fantastic and amazing!”Studying Paths 2 Independence Previously studied at St James School, Exeter


80

81 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk


Paths 2 Independence/Paths 2 Employment/Paths 2 ProgressionEntry Level - Level 1 Duration: 1-3 years

These courses will help you to become more independent through developing your personal, social and life skills.

You will: > Have your own personal tutor and

individual targets to work towards > Improve your life skills in college

and within the community > Gain skills that you will need in the

workplace and participate in work experience placements

> Develop your English and Maths skills > Have the opportunity to take part in

the Ten Tors Jubilee Challenge and to take part and work on community projects including the National Trust

Assessment is continuous with regular reviews built into your programme.

Choose one of these courses if… you want the opportunity to try out new activities which will help you build your skills in small, supportive groups. Through classroom, community and work based activities Paths 2 gives you the opportunity to develop both life and work skills.Next steps: After the course you could move on within Exeter College to the Vocational Studies course, one of the range of Level 1 courses or join the Supported Internship Programme. There may also be opportunities within the community or on a work training programme.Entry requirements: This programme is designed for students with additional learning needs who have attended specialist or mainstream schools. There will be an initial interview with a member of staff and a phased induction process.This course takes place at the Hele Road site, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Vocational StudiesEntry Level and Level 1 Duration: 1 year

This motivational, Entry Level and Level 1 programme is a stepping stone towards further education, training or employment.

You will: > Have a personal tutor who will help

you with your personal, emotional and social development and you will be set targets based on what you want and need to focus on developing the most

> Improve your English and Maths skills > Choose vocational subjects to

study such as: Retail, Hairdressing, Automotive, Construction, Health and Social Care, Childcare or Creative Industries

> Undertake work experience, community projects and learn from guest speakers

> Go on trips to local attractions and enhance your knowledge of the local area

Assessment is continuous. You will produce a portfolio of work by the year end and will need to sit English and Maths exams.

Choose this course if... you are unsure of what vocational area you want to move into. If you lack confidence and would prefer to be in a smaller group with specialised teaching approaches, which respond to your individual needs, this course is perfect for you.Next steps: You could progress within college to Work Skills Plus or a Level 1 or Level 2 programme. You may also seek employment or an Apprenticeship. Entry requirements: There are no formal entry requirements. Students just need enthusiasm, commitment and a desire to succeed. All applicants are interviewed by a course tutor. Taster days will allow you to gain an insight into this course, these run throughout the year.This course takes place at the Hele Road site, see pages 21-22 for a map.

GCSE Fast TrackLevel 2/GCSE Duration: 1 year

This course is unique in the UK because it enables you to gain four GCSEs in a year. You will study three mandatory subjects and will be able to choose a fourth subject.

You will: > Have an individual timetable based

on mandatory GCSEs in English, Maths and Sociology or Biology (if you currently have a grade 3 in Science) plus one other GCSE

> Choose one option from the following: GCSE Art, Drama, Citizenship or Religious Studies

> Have a personal tutor with weekly tutor group sessions

> Receive preparation for progression on to Level 3 programmes

Assessment is a mixture of presentations, practical work and final examinations in May and June.

Choose this course if... you want to take your GCSEs or improve your current GCSE grades to enable you to progress on to a Level 3 course. Next steps: Most students progress to AS Levels or Vocational Level 3 programmes within Exeter College, in subjects ranging from Catering to Classical Civilisation. Some students have progressed on to Apprenticeships and some have gone on to full time employment. As part of your tutorial programme, attention is given to employability skills and progression. You will be supported with transition.Entry requirements: Entry is by personal interview with a member of the GCSE Fast Track team. You need to have been working towards GCSE level qualifications or have a grade 3 or 4 in English Language and/or Maths. There will be pre-course assessments to check your current level.This course takes place at the Hele Road site, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Entry Level

Entry Level

Level 2

Art and DesignBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If working in art and design appeals, then this vocational course will be a good choice for you.

You will: > Create an art image > Create a 3D object > Present images using a camera > Plan and market an exhibition > Take part in a week’s work






Choose this course if... you enjoy art and working with a wide variety of different art materials in a sketchbook or larger scale. The course content also covers looking at lots of different artists to inspire your work, visiting exciting exhibitions in and around Exeter. Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in art and design is really important.

BusinessBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

Your interest in gaining a job in business will enable you to make the most of this vocational course, which provides an excellent introduction to business.

You will: > Use practical skills, communication

and team working skills to increase your business knowledge

> Learn about businesses in our local area, how to communicate with customers, how to brand a product and how to create effective business presentations

> Gain a week’s work experience > Improve your transferable ICT,

English and Maths skills > Understand and develop the skills


You will be assessed by assignments and coursework and will need to sit tests for your English and Maths.

Choose this course if... you want to develop a range of skills you can use in the business sector or progress to further study.Next steps: On completion of this course, you should have the confidence to go on to a Level 2 course, an Apprenticeship or out to work.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the business industry is really important.

Digital MediaBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If working in digital media appeals to you then this vocational course will be a good choice.

You will: > Create an interactive presentation > Create an animation > Shoot a short film > Create a storyboard and television

advert > Take part in a week’s work






Choose this course if... you enjoy being creative and have a practical approach to learning. An interest in media is important but experience is not, just a willingness to learn.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the digital media industry is really important.

Level 1

Level 1

Level 1

82

Our Art and Design Level 1 students recently painted a fantastic mural at college.

83 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Health and Social CareBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course equips you with the basic skills and knowledge required for further study or employment in health and social care.

You will: > Increase your knowledge and

understanding of the needs of different people in care

> Find out about health and social care services

> Take part in a week’s work experience

> Learn to work independently as well as in a group

> Develop your confidence and your ability in English and Maths


Health and social care units are assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for English and Maths.

Choose this course if... you enjoy caring for others and have a passion for working within care. The course content covers people of all ages and also looks at a range of different disabilities.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the health and social care industry is really important.

Hospitality and TourismBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If working in hospitality and tourism appeals, then this vocational course will be a good choice for you.

You will: > Research travel destinations and

prepare and cook food > Increase your understanding of

customer care and your ability to take on a frontline customer service role

> Come up with solutions to customer enquiries

> Plan a trip to a visitor attraction and take part in a week’s work experience

> Gain self-confidence and the knowledge to apply for jobs in the sector


> Enhance your English and Maths abilityYou will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for Maths and English.

Choose this course if... you enjoy getting out and meeting people, helping people sort out problems, cooking and preparing food, visiting different attractions, and planning days out and holidays.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the hospitality and tourism industry is really important.

Information TechnologyBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If you are looking for a career that uses IT in the workplace, this course will give you an excellent foundation.

You will: > Improve your knowledge of both

hardware and software > Develop digital information using IT > Use digital communication

technologies > Solve IT technical problems > Create a spreadsheet > Design a website > Learn to code

You will be assessed by assignments, coursework and presentations, with tests for your English and Maths.Choose this course if... you have an aptitude for computers and are looking to pursue a career in IT.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in IT is really important.

Level 1

Level 1

Level 1



Sport (Outdoor Adventure)BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This work related course provides you with an insight into working within Outdoor Adventurous Activities. While studying on the BTEC Level 1 Diploma you will also work towards gaining introductory qualifications within the industry.

You will: > Take part in activities including

kayaking, canoeing, climbing, caving and mountain biking

> Work in our Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre

> Develop your essential, transferable skills in literacy and numeracy

> Gain practical experience and work placements as part of the course


> Have the opportunity to undertake national governing body awards and study first aid

Assessment is through practical observation, witness statements, written coursework and online assessment.

Choose this course if... you are thinking about a future in the world of sports and leadership. This course is a great platform for you to develop your confidence, sporting ability, leadership and coaching style. Next steps: You could progress to the Level 2 in Outdoor Adventure or apply for an Apprenticeship in outdoor education. Also, you may choose to seek suitable employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You also need the personal qualities required to work in the outdoor and adventurous activities industry.This course takes place at Haven Banks OEC and the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Performing ArtsBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course offers you a broad based introduction to a career in the performing arts, and will help you develop the basic skills, knowledge and qualities you need to progress.

You will: > Study an exciting range of subjects

including acting skills, technical support for performance and take part in theatre/studio performances

> Develop your practical creative skills > Take part in theatre trips > Be able to go on a week’s work

experience > Improve your ability in English

and Maths > Understand and develop the skills



Choose this course if... you want to develop the skills to go on to a course that will lead you into the performance industry. Or this course is a great choice if you want to develop your confidence and ability to work with others in a practical environment.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the performing arts industry is really important.

Public ServicesBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course offers you a broad introduction to a career in public services, and will help you develop the basic skills, knowledge and qualities you need to progress.

You will: > Take part in a variety of health and

fitness activities > Improve your team working skills > Take part in an expedition on

Dartmoor > Improve your ability in English and

Maths in preparation for progression > Understand and develop the skills


> Benefit from taking part in work experience

> Have guest speakers and visits to a range of public service organisations


Choose this course if... you are thinking of a future career in the public sector. You will be able to explore the wide range of services and job roles as you build up the essential skills needed for any public service job, such as, confidence, team building, leadership, organisation, problem solving and fitness.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the public sector is really important.

Level 1

Level 1

Level 1

85 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Hairdressing, Beauty and Make--Up Artistry

Are you creative, artistic and enjoy working with people? Do you want to help others look and feel good? Come and learn the skills to join this exciting, energy filled industry, where no two days are the same!

We have fantastic commercial hair salons, beauty clinics, theatrical make-up studios and a spa. You will have the opportunity to train in the faculty’s brand new showcase salon Zeal @ Exeter College at the Laurence Building on our Hele Road site (see pages 21-22 for a map). Our H2B professional treatments are available to visitors from all over the south west. For all courses you will need to purchase a salon uniform and practical kit.

Hairdressing,

Beauty and

Make-Up

Artistry.

Tom

“I have found the college to have a very encouraging environment and all the resources I need are already there, provided by the college. I have enjoyed meeting all the difference people, gaining new skills and developing contacts within different industries. The student community at Exeter College is just amazing. I would like to progress at Exeter College on to the Level 3 Make Up course and specialise in a particular area.”Studying Make-Up Artistry Technical Certificate Level 2 Previously studied at Okehampton Community College



87 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk


Introduction to the Hair and Beauty SectorLevel 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course blends theory and practice to prepare you for a profession that is much in demand.

You will: > Learn to shampoo, condition, colour

and style men and women’s hair > Study skin care, basic make-up

application and manicure and nail art

> Attend industry exhibitions > Work in our welcoming centre with

professional hairdressing salons, beauty salons and spa

> Experience a busy, commercial environment and work with real clients

> Enhance your transferable skills in English, Maths and Personal Social Development

Practical, theoretical and verbal skills with clients will be assessed, along with your portfolio of evidence. You will also be assessed on your written assignments.

Choose this course if… you are starting out in hair and beauty, enjoy making others look good and want to gain a basic understanding of the industry. This course is also ideal if you want to prepare for further learning or training within the hair and beauty sector.Next steps: On successful completion of the course (with functional skills English and Maths at Level 1) you can progress to Level 2, seek an Apprenticeship in hairdressing or progress further in the beauty industry.Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

BarberingLevel 2 NVQ Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course is designed for learners who work in or wish to pursue a career in barbering.

You will: > Advise and consult with clients > Shampoo, condition and treat the

hair and scalp > Cut hair using basic techniques,

create basic outlines and detailing in hair

> Cut facial hair to shape using basic techniques and assist with shaving services

> Have the opportunity to attend industry exhibitions and industry workshops

You will be assessed by creating a portfolio of evidence. Online examinations will also contribute to your coursework.

Choose this course if… you wish to pursue a career in the barbering industry and enjoy being creative, artistic and working within a thriving environment. The Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Barbering provides the necessary skills and knowledge that prove occupational competence as a junior barber. Next steps: Following successful completion of this qualification you may progress to employment or progress on to the NVQ3 Diploma in Barbering.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 3 in Maths. Plus, you will need GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent (Level 1 Diploma in Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector).

Beauty RetailLevel 2 Technical Certificate Duration: 1 year

This practical based training is ideal preparation for gaining employment in beauty retail or further specialist training within the industry.

You will: > Cover all of the work specific core

skills and knowledge in beauty retail > Explore different products and

selling techniques and study the concepts of promotional planning, marketing methods and successful retailing

> Develop professional customer service and communication skills

> Study practical skills in performing skin care and make-up demonstrations

> Have the opportunity to engage in enrichment activities and workshops

You will be assessed through externally set and externally marked exams and assignments.

Choose this course if… you enjoy the promotion and sales industry. This qualification will cover all of the technical skills and knowledge needed to work as a beauty or cosmetics retailer.Next steps: You could go on to an Apprenticeship or employment in beauty retail, working in a department store, or for a specialist make-up or skin care company.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 3 in Maths. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent (Level 1 Diploma in Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector).

Level 1

Level 2

Level 2


Beauty TherapyLevel 2 Technical Certificate Duration: 1 year

This Beauty Therapy course will provide you with a range of essential practical skills and theory knowledge, which prepare you for employment or further training within the beauty industry.

You will: > Learn to perform a range of

treatments including manicures, pedicures, hair removal, facial treatments, lash and brow treatments, application of make-up and light cured gel polish

> Gain an understanding of the anatomy and physiology of the body and be able to apply this knowledge when carrying out a range of beauty therapy treatments

> Develop an understanding of safe working practices within the beauty industry

> Learn professional communication skills and the techniques to actively promote products and services

> Attend professional workshops and have the opportunity to gain additional qualifications within the industry

> Research the history of Spa and gain an introduction to this aspect of the industry


Choose this course if… you enjoy making people feel good about themselves and have a passion for the beauty and wellbeing industry. Next steps: You could work within the industry for a cosmetic company or in a beauty salon or clinic. Alternatively, you may progress to the Level 3 Advanced Technical Diploma in Beauty and Spa.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 3 in Maths. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent (Level 1 Diploma in Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector).Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 3 in Science.

Cutting and Styling ServicesLevel 2 Technical Certificate Duration: 1 year

This course will provide you with a range of essential technical practical skills and knowledge that will help to equip you when you enter the hairdressing industry.

You will: > Study the principles of hairdressing

and barbering services > Learn how to shampoo, condition

and treat the hair and scalp > Style, set and dress hair > Cut hair using basic techniques > Have the opportunity to attend

industry exhibitions and industry workshops



Choose this course if… you wish to pursue a career in hairdressing working within a thriving environment, enjoy being creative, artistic and making others look and feel good. Next steps: On completion of this qualification you will be able to work in a number of employment destinations such as hairdressing salons or hotels. Alternatively, progress on to the Level 3 Advanced Technical Diploma in Hairdressing upon completion of the Level 2 Technical Certificate in Hair Colouring Services.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 4 Maths. Plus, you will need at least two GCSEs at grade 3 or above.

Hair Colouring ServicesLevel 2 Technical Certificate Duration: 1 year

This practical based training is ideal preparation for gaining employment in the hairdressing industry or for further specialist study.

You will: > Study the principles of hairdressing

and barbering services > Learn to colour and lighten hair > Understand styling and finishing

services > Work closely with employers who

contribute to the knowledge and delivery of training

> Have the opportunity to attend industry exhibitions and industry workshops



Choose this course if… you wish to pursue a career in hairdressing, working within a thriving industry, enjoy being creative, artistic and are passionate about making others look and feel good. Next steps: You could go on to work in a number of employment destinations within the hairdressing industry or progress on to the Level 3 Advanced Technical Diploma in Hairdressing.Entry requirements: You will need to have completed the Level 2 Technical Certificate for Cutting and Styling Services. Internal applicants will also need a reference from their former tutor.

Level 2

Level 2

Level 2

Did you know? We have a new showcase salon ‘Zeal @ Exeter College’, in which you can experience a busy, commercial working environment.

89 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Make-Up ArtistryLevel 2 Technical Certificate Duration: 1 year

This course will provide you with a range of essential practical skills and knowledge, which will equip you to seek employment or further specialist training within the make-up industry.

You will: > Discover the art of applying make-up > Develop skills in hair artistry and

creative make-up artistry > Research, develop and showcase

make-up and hair artistry designs > Learn about anatomy and physiology

for make-up artists > Study the principles of working in

the make-up industryYou will be assessed through externally set and externally marked exams and assignments.

Choose this course if… you enjoy being creative and are passionate about using make-up and hair styling to achieve a variety of different looks. You will have opportunities to gain work specific skills and knowledge, developing looks from day make-up to bridal and special occasion. Next steps: This qualification could lead to employment as a make-up artist in establishments such as photographic studios, department stores, make-up stores and salons. You could also work as a freelance make-up artist. Alternatively, you could progress on to the Level 3 Advanced Technical Diploma in Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up Artistry.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 3 in Maths. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent (Level 1 Diploma in Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector).Subject specific entry requirement or recommendations: GCSE grade 3 or above in Art.

Beauty and Spa Therapy Level 3 Advanced Technical Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course provides you with a wide range of specialist practical skills and technical knowledge, which will equip you to seek employment or further training within the beauty and spa industry. It builds on skills acquired during your Level 2 Beauty Therapy studies.

You will: > Learn facial electrotherapy treatments,

including micro-dermabrasion techniques

> Perform body analysis and body electrotherapy treatments to improve body and skin conditions

> Learn how to prepare, monitor and maintain spa equipment and provide a variety of dry spa treatments

> Learn a range of body massage therapies

> Provide Indian head massage treatments

> Develop essential skills for promoting sales and products within a business

> Develop an in depth understanding of anatomy and physiology of the body and be able to apply this knowledge within beauty and spa treatments

> Attend professional workshops and have the opportunity to gain additional qualifications within the industry

You will be assessed by an externally set and marked exam and by a final practical synoptic assignment.

Choose this course if… you are progressing within the beauty therapy industry and want to cover all of the advanced technical skills and knowledge needed to work as a senior beauty, massage or spa therapist. Next steps: Achievement of this qualification demonstrates to an employer that you have the advanced skills and knowledge necessary to be employed as a senior beauty or spa therapist in a beauty clinic, salon, spa, cruise ship or leisure centre.Entry requirements: You must have successfully completed a Level 2 Beauty Therapy course.

HairdressingLevel 3 Advanced Technical Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course aims to provide you with a range of specialist practical skills and technical knowledge which will equip you to seek employment within the hairdressing industry.

You will: > Learn how to cut hair using a

combination of techniques > Creatively colour and lighten hair > Carry out hairdressing consultation

services > Creatively style and dress hair > Carry out hair colour correction

services > Have the opportunity to work with

local employers who will provide demonstrations and talks on the industry

You will be assessed by an externally set and marked exam and by a final practical synoptic assignment.

Choose this course if… you wish to develop your skills to an advanced level. This qualification aims to provide you with a range of specialist practical skills and technical knowledge which will equip you to seek employment or further training within the hairdressing industry. It is ideal if you enjoy being creative, artistic and enjoy the challenge of carrying out advanced technical services within a busy salon environment.Standard entry requirements: You will need to have completed the Level 2 Technical Certificate for Cutting and Styling Services. Internal applicants will also need a reference from their former tutor.

Level 2

Level 3

Level 3



BarberingLevel 3 NVQ Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course is designed for learners who wish to pursue a career in the barbering industry at an advanced level. This course aims to provide you with a range of specialist practical skills and technical knowledge which will equip you for this thriving industry.

You will: > Learn how to creatively cut hair using a combination

of barbering techniques > Design and create a range of facial hair shapes > Provide shaving services > Provide consultation services > Have the opportunity to work with local employers who

will provide demonstrations and talksYou will be assessed by creating a portfolio of evidence. Online examinations will also contribute to your coursework.

Choose this course if… you enjoy being creative, artistic and enjoy the challenge of carrying out advanced services within a busy salon environment. This qualification aims to provide you with specialist practical skills, which are ideal if you want to progress to an advanced level. Entry requirements: You will need to have completed a Level 2 Barbering qualification. Internal applicants will also need a reference from their former tutor.

Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up ArtistryLevel 3 Advanced Technical Diploma Duration: 1 year

This qualification covers a very wide range of skills and knowledge to provide you with the specialist practical skills which will prepare you to work independently in the theatrical and media make-up industry. It builds on skills acquired during your Level 2 Make-Up Artistry studies or equivalent.

You will: > Learn how to create, cast and apply prosthetics pieces

and bald caps > Create and develop your own inspirational avant-garde looks > Learn how to carry out styling and basic hair cutting

techniques for a range of media productions > Explore the use of blogging platforms for promotions > Develop an understanding of the creative make-up

designs for productions and industry demands > Experiment with a range of special effects techniques

and create casualty characters > Create, dress and fit a range of facial postiche > Explore and create costumes and props to complement

overall images > Research and plan body art for competitions

You will be assessed by an externally set and marked exam and by a final practical synoptic assignment. You will produce a portfolio of creative work.

Choose this course if… you are progressing within the make-up industry and want to cover all of the advanced skills and knowledge needed to work as a theatrical and media make-up artist. Next steps: Achievement of this qualification demonstrates to an employer that you have the necessary advanced technical skills to be employed as a theatrical and media make-up artist and could lead to a career as a theatre, film or TV make-up artist, make-up designer or product developer. Alternatively, you could progress into higher education and a degree course within this subject area.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. Plus, you must have successfully completed a Level 2 course in Make-Up Artistry.

Level 3

Level 3

90

Every year we hold a fantastic Hair and Theatrical Media Make-Up Show to showcase student talent.

Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services

If you are caring, compassionate and are interested in and committed to the safety, health and wellbeing of people or have an interest in public services, health and social care, childcare, policing or uniformed services, then these courses are just right for you. You will benefit from fantastic community links with over 200 employers including the NHS, fire service, prison service, schools, nurseries, police, health and social care providers and the armed forces. These courses take place in our Hele Building - see pages 21-22 for a map.

Healthcare,

Childcare

and Public

Services.

Ella

“I was originally planning on staying on at my school to do A Levels. However, when I looked at the possibility of moving to Exeter College, I saw that they offered this course and as I had an interest in joining the police, I looked into this further. It is the equivalent of three A Levels, but with the added benefit of assignment based work, along with more practical learning, which I thought would suit me better, and I would find more interesting and captivating. I absolutely love the subjects we have been covering within the course. I am very fortunate that my lecturers are all fantastic, giving great support and making it enjoyable along the way. It has been over and above what I expected it to be, and I look forward to going to college each day. I feel college offers constant support for those that need it.”Studying Public Services BTEC 90 Credit Diploma Level 3 Previously studied at Torquay Girls Grammar School



91



STOP PRESSElla achieved a fantastic result of two Distinction Stars at the end of her first year and is progressing on to the second year of her studies.


Caring for ChildrenBTEC Level 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

Working with young children can be incredibly rewarding. This course gives you the skills and knowledge to begin a career in childcare.

You will: > Learn about the communication,

physical and emotional needs of young children

> Learn to provide stimulating physical and creative activities

> Focus on wellbeing issues such as healthy eating and child safety

> Take part in a personal, social development programme

> Develop your skills in English and Maths

> Have an opportunity to undertake a work placement, within the age range 0-5 years

Assessment is continuous with an assignment for each unit.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for wanting to work with or care and support children. Next steps: You may be able to go on to a BTEC Level 2 Technical Diploma either in childcare, health and social care or in a different area, or you may wish to go on to an Apprenticeship.Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in working with children. You also need a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check as part of the application process.

Level 1

Did you know? From September 2020 we will be introducing new T Levels in Education and Childcare - see page 42 for more information.

93 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk


Health and Social CareBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course equips you with the basic skills and knowledge required for further study or employment in health and social care.

You will: > Increase your knowledge and

understanding of the needs of different people in care

> Find out about health and social care services

> Take part in a week’s work experience

> Learn to work independently as well as in a group

> Develop your confidence and your ability in English and Maths


Health and social care units are assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for English and Maths.

Choose this course if… you enjoy caring for others and have a passion for working within care. The course content covers people of all ages and also looks at a range of different disabilities.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the health and social care industry is really important.This course takes place in the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Public ServicesBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course offers you a broad introduction to a career in public services, and will help you develop the basic skills, knowledge and qualities you need to progress.

You will: > Take part in a variety of health and

fitness activities > Improve your team working skills > Take part in an expedition on

Dartmoor > Improve your ability in English and

Maths in preparation for progression > Understand and develop the skills


> Benefit from taking part in work experience

> Have guest speakers and visits to a range of public service organisations


Choose this course if… you are thinking of a future career in the public sector. You will be able to explore the wide range of services and job roles as you build up the essential skills needed for any public service job, such as, confidence, team building, leadership, organisation, problem solving and fitness.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalentSubject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the public sector is really important.This course takes place in the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Children’s Play, Learning and Development (Early Years Educator)BTEC Level 2 Technical Diploma Duration: 1 year

If you know you want to work in early years, this course is ideal as it prepares you for supervised employment in an early years setting.

You will: > Learn about child development from

birth to five years > Benefit from 280 hours of work

experience as an early years assistant

> Understand about supporting children’s physical care needs in an early years setting and learning through play


Choose this course if… you have a passion for wanting to work with, or care and support children.Next steps: You can progress to the CACHE Level 3 Certificate/Diploma in Childcare and Education, providing you achieve the Level 2 Diploma at a Merit grade and hold GCSE English and Maths at grade 4 or above. Completion of the CACHE Level 3 Certificate/Diploma in Childcare and Education will grant you full professional Early Years Educator status. Alternatively, you could progress to an Apprenticeship in the childcare sector.Standard entry requirements: You will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above (including English Language and Maths), plus two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will also need a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check as part of the application process. You will be invited to interview, where you will need to show you are committed to completing the course and that you aim to improve your numeracy and literacy skills. During interview, we will look at your school report to ensure your attendance and behaviour has been to a good standard.

Level 1

Level 2

Level 1


Level XHealth and Social Care

BTEC Level 2 First Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This academic course covers the core knowledge and skills required to work in health and social care environments.

You will: > Learn about topics such as human

lifespan development, health and social care values and equality and diversity

> Gain vocational experience through a minimum of 25 hours in a health or social care setting

> Research, plan and produce your own health promotion activity

> Have the opportunity to implement a creative and therapeutic activity during your placement

> Be involved in charity fundraising events during the course


Choose this course if… you wish to pursue a career in (amongst others) nursing, midwifery, paramedic science, social work, psychology and youth work. It also gives opportunities for employment/Apprenticeships in the health and social sector. Next steps: You could go on to apply for employment in health and social care or progress to an Apprenticeship, BTEC Level 3 Diploma or Extended Diploma.Standard entry requirements: You will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above (including English Language and Maths), plus two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your work placements.

Public ServicesBTEC Level 2 First Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course allows you to develop the essential knowledge, understanding and skills common for a range of Public Services such as police, fire, ambulance, armed forces, prison services, HM Revenue and Customs, and community services (such as probation and social services).

You will: > Gain the skills and qualities required

for a successful career in public services

> Study expedition skills, navigation, adventurous activities and teamwork

> Undertake a residential > Interact with personnel from a range

of Public Services organisations > Develop an understanding of

the context and operations of Public Services

> Investigate the differences between Public Services organisations

> Identify levels of fitness required for each service

Assessment is by assignments, presentations, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you have a passion of working to help protect and develop your community, or wish to develop your personal and professional characteristics critical towards career progression.Next steps: You could progress to the BTEC Level 3 Foundation/Extended Diploma in Public Services or other advanced courses if you achieve a merit or distinction. Alternatively, you may seek employment or take a training placement.Standard entry requirements: You will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above (including English Language and Maths), plus two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: This is a vocational course so an interest in gaining a job in a related area is important.

Childcare and EducationCACHE Level 3 Certificate/Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is designed to give you the knowledge and skills to enable you to pursue a career in Childcare and Education.

You will: > Learn about child development > Gain an understanding of how to

safeguard children and promote their development

> Research how to encourage learning through play and activities

> Benefit from 715 hours of work placement experience within the age range 0-5 years (mandatory) with the option of experience with 6-8 years

You will be assessed through on course assignments, including an externally marked assessment in the form of an essay. You will also need to produce a Professional Practice Portfolio (PPP) and there will be observations of your professional practice during the work placement. To gain a qualification that provides ‘licence to practise’ you will need to successfully complete the Diploma.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for working with children and a desire to investigate children’s educare.Next steps: You could progress on to university level education, for example, to an Early Childhood Studies Foundation Degree at Exeter College or other degree level programmes such as Primary Teaching, Nursing or Education Studies. You will be recognised as an Early Years Educator in childcare and educational settings, moving into employment as a Nursery Nurse or Teaching Assistant.Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths), plus two additional GCSEs at grade 3 or above. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Science at grade 4 or above. You also need a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check as part of the application process. We recommend you complete a two week work placement before starting your studies.

Level 2

Level 3

Level 2

95 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk


Health and Social CareLevel 3 Foundation/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is designed to give you the knowledge and skills to enable you to pursue a career in Health and Social Care.

You will: > Look at development through the

life stages > Study anatomy and physiology for

health and social care > Learn how to communicate

effectively in a professional setting > Understand health, safety,

safeguarding and equality requirements

> Benefit from a minimum of 200 hours of work experience in vocational settings and take part in professional visits

You will be assessed through assignments, observations, presentations and some assessments, work experience and the production of a substantial portfolio.

Choose this course if… you wish to pursue a career in (amongst others) nursing, midwifery, paramedic science, social work, psychology and youth work. It also gives opportunities for employment/Apprenticeships in the health and social sector. Next steps: You could go on to university level study, for example, progressing on to a Health and Social Care Foundation Degree at Exeter College or further study in a wide range of health and social care related Degrees and Diplomas, in subjects such as nursing, teaching and social work.Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths), plus two additional GCSEs at grade 3 or above. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your work placements. Science is recommended at grade 4 or above if you wish to become a nurse or work in a health related field.

Health and Social CareLevel 3 Certificate/Extended Certificate Duration: 2 years

This course is combined with two other A Levels/Extended Certificates. This course prepares you for a career in health and social care.

You will: > Look at human lifespan development > Study meeting individual care

and support needs > Assess Working in Health and

Social Care > Study one additional vocationally

relevant moduleYou will be assessed through a mixture of exams and synoptic reports.

Choose this course if… you would like to study this course alongside other A Level or BTEC Certificates. It is also ideal if you wish to pursue a career in (amongst others) nursing, midwifery, paramedic science, social work, medical practice, psychology and youth work. It also gives opportunities for employment/Apprenticeships in the health and social sector.Next steps: You could go on to university level study, for example, progressing on to a Health and Social Care Foundation Degree at Exeter College or further study in a wide range of health and social care related Degrees and Diplomas, in subjects such as nursing, teaching and social work.Entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English, Maths and Science.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes especially well with Biology, Psychology and Sociology.

Public ServicesBTEC Level 3 Foundation/ Extended Diploma (uniformed) Duration: 1-2 years

This course is designed to give you the knowledge and skills to enable you to pursue a career in one of the Public Services.

You will: > Learn how Public Services prepare

for and deal with major incidents and emergencies

> Prepare for and take part in team building exercises, including an overnight residential, linking to land based skills for outdoor adventurous activities/water based skills

> Study topics such as exercise, health and lifestyle, citizenship and the legal system

> Discuss government policies relating to public services and learn from guest speakers who are employed in the field

> Have the opportunity to participate in trips and events organised and delivered by key emergency and military services

> Consider crime and its impact on society

You will be assessed through the coursework completed using a variety of assessment, with the possibility of some external assessments.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for working to help protect and develop your community, or wish to develop your personal and professional characteristics which are critical towards career progression.You will initially be enrolled on to the Foundation Diploma and enrolled on to the Extended Diploma on successful completion of your first year.Next steps: You may go on to apply for employment in the Public Services or progress to university level study, for example, progressing to a Public Services Foundation Degree at Exeter College.Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths), plus two additional GCSEs at grade 3 or above.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

See our full range of A Level and BTEC Certificate courses on pages 45-46.


Hospitality and Catering

If you are passionate about food and drink and want to prepare, cook and serve great food, then come and train in our fantastic professional industry standard kitchens and study food and drink in our lecture rooms. You could practice your food service, beverage and barista skills in our top class commercial restaurant, @thirty-four.

For all catering and hospitality courses, you will need to buy practical equipment and uniforms, a full list of these will be available on enrolment.

Hospitality

and Catering.

Ollie

“Exeter College is outstanding and life changing. I have made friends, enjoyed the experiences on offer, built contacts and I have grown in confidence too. The environment at college is amazing, the support is really good and everyone is really nice and happy to answer all my questions.”Studying Professional Cookery - Michael Caines Academy VRQ2 Diploma Previously studied at St James School, Exeter



96

97 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk


Catering Craft (and Food Service)Level 1 NVQ Diploma Duration: 1 year

This vocational programme will provide you with a superb foundation for a career in the hospitality industry and applicants will require no prior knowledge of hospitality. The course will give you all the foundation knowledge in theory and practice to allow you to progress on to Level 2 NVQ.

You will: > Gain valuable, hands on experience

in a real working environment > Practice skills in food preparation

and cookery > Practice skills in food and drink

service > Work as part of a team in our fully

equipped @thirty-four kitchens and outlets

> Learn about employment in the hospitality industry

> Develop transferable skills through studying a Personal Social Development programme as well as Maths and English

You will be continually assessed within the working environment.

Choose this course if… you would like to gain more confidence in your abilities of food handling and professional aptitude within the hospitality industry.Next steps: You could progress to a full time NVQ Level 2 or a Diploma in Professional Cookery to gain further skills and knowledge, or seek work in the industry whilst continuing your studies on an Apprenticeship scheme.Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must be keen and interested in hospitality and catering.

Professional CookeryVRQ1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course will allow you to develop your passion and skills for cookery, whilst developing your ability to work under pressure and as part of a team in the hospitality industry.

You will: > Develop a variety of catering craft

skills to a high standard > Work towards a VRQ1 Certificate in

Food and Beverage Service and a Diploma in Professional Cookery

> Work within the superbly equipped @thirty-four restaurant and kitchens

> Study different ways to prepare hot and cold food

> Gain an understanding of health and safety and food safety issues

> Learn skills in areas such as dealing with customers, bar service and menu planning

Assessment is by a combination of assignments and practical examinations.

Choose this course if… you would like to be introduced to professional cookery, food service and customer care skills and help develop your work and organisational practices within the catering industry.Next steps: You could progress to the Level 2 Diploma in Professional Cookery to further your career opportunities.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need one GCSE at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must be keen and interested in hospitality and catering and have an aptitude for hospitality skills.

Professional Cookery - Michael Caines AcademyVRQ1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

The Michael Caines Academy combines practical, professional catering and hospitality qualifications, with a range of visits, experiences, work placements and demonstrations involving the region’s most renowned food experts. It is designed to nurture the region’s future generation of talented restauranteurs, chefs, restaurant managers, waiters and front of house staff.

You will: > Develop your catering craft skills to

an exceptional standard > Experience visits, placements, ‘farm

to fork’ and ‘vine to glass’ sessions > Enjoy challenging practical and

theoretical workshops > Attend masterclasses from industry

leaders such as Michael Caines > Study for a Certificate in Food and

Beverage Service and a Diploma in Professional Cookery


> Attend a period of work placementYou will be regularly assessed at work.

Choose this course if… you are looking to undertake high quality, industry standard training and have a real passion for cooking and the industry. It is ideal if you have the goal of becoming a professional chef and perhaps owning your own restaurant in the future.Next steps: This course is for the very best, so you should aim to progress to the Level 2 Diploma in Professional Cookery to further your career opportunities.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need one GCSE at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must be keen and interested in hospitality and catering and have an aptitude for hospitality skills. A two day selection process will also form part of the entry requirements.

Level 1

Level 1

Level 1


Level XProfessional Cookery

(and Food and Beverage Service)Level 2 NVQ Diploma Duration: 1 year

This progression course will build on the skills and knowledge you have gained whilst studying the NVQ Level 1 programme, providing you with the opportunity to further develop your craft skills in both culinary and food service operations. The programme will teach you the theory, preparation and cooking of a wide variety of dishes and hospitality service in all areas.

You will: > Prepare, cook and finish basic hot

sauces and soups > Cook and finish basic fish, meat,

poultry and vegetable dishes > Learn how to maintain a safe,

hygienic and secure working environment

> Work effectively as part of a hospitality team

You will be continuously assessed within the college’s realistic working environment.

Choose this course if… you enjoy the customer relation side of the industry and are becoming serious about a role within hospitality. Next steps: You could progress to a Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Professional Cookery (Kitchen and Larder) or find employment in the hospitality industry.Entry requirements: This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the Level 1 NVQ Diploma in Professional Cookery or Level 1 NVQ in Catering Craft and have achieved functional skills in English and Maths.

Professional CookeryVRQ2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course blends theory and practice to further develop your existing catering craft skills to the next level.

You will: > Further develop your ability to work

under pressure and as part of a team > Continue to practise and hone

your practical and professional cookery skills

> Work towards a VRQ2 Diploma in Food and Beverage Service and a Diploma in Professional Cookery

> Study principles of customer service in hospitality, leisure, travel and tourism

> Increase your knowledge of health and safety, food safety and menu planning


Assessment is by theoretical and practical examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy working as part of a team and would like to carry on with your introduction to professional cookery and develop your skills. Next steps: You could progress to the Level 3 Diploma in Professional Cookery or Level 3 Diploma in Food and Beverage Service Supervision to further your career opportunities, or you could apply for employment or an Apprenticeship.Entry requirements: This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the VRQ1 Diploma in Professional Cookery. You must also be keen and interested in hospitality and catering.

Professional Cookery - Michael Caines AcademyVRQ2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

The Michael Caines Academy combines practical, professional catering and hospitality qualifications with a range of visits, experiences, work placements and demonstrations involving the region’s most renowned food experts.

You will: > Continue your studies in a wide

range of top quality food preparation > Investigate the catering and

hospitality industry > Cover areas such as costing and

menu planning, healthier foods and special diets

> Experience competitions, work placements and overseas residential visits

> Develop your understanding and delivery of excellent customer service

> Learn first hand from top chefs such as Michael Caines, Mark Dodson, Peter Gorton and others

> Attend a period of work placementYou will be assessed by practical and theoretical examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy all aspects of the industry and would like to progress with the above experiences and you would like to compete in various competitions.Next steps: You could progress to the next stage of this course (Level 3 Diploma in Food and Beverage Service Supervision), seek an Apprenticeship or apply for employment.Entry requirements: You must have successfully completed the VRQ Level 1 Diploma in Professional Cookery, have excellent attendance, a positive reference from your tutor and during your progression meeting have demonstrated excellence.

Level 2

Level 2

Level 2

Did you know? Our @thirty-four fine dining teaching and learning restaurant has recently achieved a prestigious AA College Rosette Award.

99 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk


Food and Beverage Service SupervisionVRQ Level 3 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This is the advanced course of our programmes. You will have the opportunity to develop advanced skills in specialist areas including table theatre, barista, alcoholic beverage service and Gueridon service work.

You will: > Take on a supervisory role for health

and safety and food safety > Study gastronomy and food culture > Investigate principles of promoting

food and beverage services and products

> Study legal and social responsibilities of a Personal Licence Holder

> Provide advice to customers on food and beverage matching

> Supervise hospitality eventsAssessment is by assignments and practical examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy restaurant and bar service and are looking for a successful career in the hospitality business. As the face of the industry you can learn all the skills needed to become a successful professional and go on to work at prestigious hotels, restaurants, cool cocktail bars, resorts and events both in the UK or overseas.Next steps: On completion of this course you could progress to a Level 4 Higher Diploma in subjects such as culinary or kitchen management, Higher National Diploma (HND), Foundation Degree or gain employment within the catering and hospitality industry.Entry requirements: This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the Level 2 Diploma in Professional Cookery and Food and Beverage Service. You must also be interested in hospitality and catering.

Professional Cookery (Kitchen and Larder)Level 3 NVQ Diploma Duration: 1 year

This progression course will build on the skills and knowledge you have gained whilst studying the Level 2 programme. It will provide you with the opportunity to further develop your craft skills in culinary operations, both in a kitchen classroom environment and working in different sections of the busy college restaurant. The qualification also requires the supervision of Level 2 kitchen students in a controlled environment around the kitchen.

You will: > Prepare, cook and finish complex

dishes including meat and poultry, fish, soups and sauces, patisserie and petite fours

> Learn how to maintain a safe, hygienic and secure working environment in a supervisory manner

> Work effectively as part of a hospitality team and supervise others

> Gain knowledge and understanding of kitchen HACCP systems and health and safety procedures

You will be continuously assessed within the college realistic working environment.

Choose this course if… you enjoy challenging yourself to the limit by having the opportunity to compete in various competitions and would like to experience what it is like to work with different cultures and approaches to the food industry.Next steps: You could find employment in the hospitality industry.Entry requirements: You must have successfully completed the Level 2 Diploma in Professional Cookery or Catering Craft and have achieved functional skills in English and Maths.

Level 3

Level 3

Our Michael Caines Academy nurtures the region’s future generation of talented restaurateurs, chefs and waiters.

Humanities

Humanities subjects give you the chance to analyse and understand the world around you.

Whether you choose to study physical features of the landscape, the impact of globalisation on our culture and economy or how events of the past have shaped our present, you will leave college with high level skills of enquiry and analysis that are prized by universities and employers. These courses are studied at our Hele Road site, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Humanities.



Linus

“All three of my courses had great breadth and depth, which really appealed to me. My courses allowed me to think about the world in a new and more analytical way. Exeter College seems to really promote an intellectual culture which I think has helped me on my path to further studies. I have enjoyed college life. There’s lots of things to do to keep you occupied, both in and out of college and lecturers are always sending you extra material to keep you reading and working. I think the college is very supportive, and the culture is a friendly, welcoming one. It has been a really enjoyable experience, which pushes you intellectually and broadens your horizons.”Studying History, English Literature and Politics A Levels Previously studied at Budehaven Community School, North Cornwall


STOP PRESSLinus achieved an incredible three A*s at A Level and is progressing to the University of Cambridge to study History and Politics.

100

101 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Humanities

Applied PsychologyBTEC Level Certificate/ Extended Certificate Duration: 2 years

Psychology is a fascinating and varied subject, offering an exciting opportunity to explore many different areas of psychology, providing a broad basis for later specialisation. The applied nature of the course provides a platform to put theory into practical use.You will: > Apply psychological theory to explain

gender, consumer and employee behaviour, and aggression

> Develop scientific skills in planning and conducting research, analysing results, and evaluating the process

> Discuss sensitive topic areas such as stress, ill health, addiction, depression and anxiety disorders

> Use theory to explain scenario behaviours in applied exam questions

Assessment is 50% exams, 50% coursework.

Choose this course if… you enjoy learning about people from the inside out or the outside in and like topics that have real life applications. If you like the idea of studying Psychology A Level but know you excel in courses with some coursework rather than all exams, the BTEC may be an excellent choice. If you are studying other A Level subjects it will help spread your assessment across the year by combining coursework with exams.Next steps: Applied Psychology is an excellent foundation for a range of degrees, e.g. Biological Sciences, Forensic Biology, Paramedic Science, Nutrition, Physiotherapy, Psychology, Sociology, Youth Studies and Mental Health Nursing. Progression routes will depend on other qualifications chosen. Always check entry requirements for specific degrees.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language, 4 in Maths and 4 in Science. Plus, you will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with Sociology, Law, History, Biology, Religious Studies, BTEC Extended Certificate in Health and Social Care, and Physical Education. Please be aware that you cannot combine A Level Psychology with this course.

GeographyA Level Duration: 2 years

This course will give you an understanding of the environmental challenges caused by our impact on the natural world, through climate change and hazards and also provide an insight into the effect of globalisation on human rights and trade.

You will: > Study both human and physical

geography > Gain excellent numeracy, literacy,

ICT, analytical, teamwork and problem solving skills

> Carry out coastal and urban fieldwork, and have the option to travel abroad

> Develop specialist skills including cartography and statistical analysis

> Attend Royal Geographical Society and University of Exeter lectures

Assessment is by examination and a piece of independent fieldwork.

Choose this course if… you are fascinated by the world around you and how physical processes affect the vulnerability of people. Also, if you have an interest in the future of our planet due to the possible impacts of factors such as climate change.Next steps: This course is excellent preparation for a Geography Degree or other Humanities or Science related Degrees. It can lead to a career working on environmental issues, cartography, development, flood management, town planning or teaching.English and Maths entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations It is desirable, but not essential, to have studied GCSE Geography.See page 134 for Geology.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes particularly well with Geology and Environmental Science and also goes well with English Language, Economics, Politics and Sociology, History and Law.

Level 3

Level 3 Economics

AS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Economics relates to every aspect of our lives, from the decisions individuals make to the policies of governments.

You will: > Develop a deep knowledge

of economic forces and an understanding of how they shape the world around us

> Gain an understanding of the economics that lie behind front page news stories, from Brexit to the Cornish pasty tax

> Look at the UK economy - its performance and policies

> Consider subjects such as inflation, growth, unemployment and foreign trade

> Study business behaviour and the labour market

> Have the opportunity to take part in study trips, attend conferences and visit organisations

Course assessment is through short tests, essays, and case studies. Final assessment is through external examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy debating economic issues such as inequality, immigration and how we should pay for healthcare. Using and interpreting data to analyse economic problems. Discussing alternative courses of action. Keeping up to date with national and international trends.Next steps: Economics is excellent preparation for an Economics Degree or a Degree in subjects such as business studies, social sciences, history or engineering. Possible career choices for A Level economics students include Apprenticeships in accountancy, stock broking and banking and finance.Standard entry requirements: Grade 5 in English Language and 5 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes particularly well with Mathematics, Geography, Social Sciences and History.

Level 3


Level XEarly Modern History

(1485-1799)AS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course is for you if you are a keen historian and avid reader. It goes slightly further back in time to satisfy your thirst for knowledge. If you feel that you need a wider historical experience after having studied a lot of twentieth century history in school, then this could be the course that you are looking for.

You will: > Cover units on topics such as Britain

(1625-1701) conflict, revolution and settlement, France in revolution (1774-1799), rebellion and disorder under the Tudors (1485-1603)

> Develop skills of research and show evidence of written arguments through independent research

> Attend field trips > Read widely and learn through

research and discussion, as well as in lectures

You will be assessed by written examination and by submission of a piece of coursework.

Choose this course if… you enjoy finding out about how and why historical events happen and what the consequences of these events are. Lessons are suited to those who enjoy debating and developing arguments about historical issues.Next steps: This course is excellent preparation for a History degree or a move into careers such as the civil service, journalism, law and teaching, as well as specific history careers such as museum work and archaeology.English and Maths entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes particularly well with Politics, Classics, English Literature, Sociology and Law.

Later Modern History (1780-1991)AS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course is for you if you are keen to understand major events in the recent past and if you are curious and willing to read widely to gain a depth of knowledge. This course will allow you to develop many of the themes that you will have enjoyed during GCSE History.

You will: > Cover units on topics such as Russia

(1917-1991) from Lenin to Yeltsin, Mao’s China (1949-1976), protest, agitation and parliamentary reform in Britain (1790-1918)

> Develop skills of research and show evidence of written arguments through independent research

> Attend field trips in the UK and overseas (we currently run a trip to Berlin each year)

> Read widely and learn through research and discussion, as well as in lectures

You will be assessed by written examination and by submission of a piece of coursework.

Choose this course if… you enjoy finding out about how and why historical events happen and what the consequences of these events are. Lessons are suited to those who enjoy debating and developing arguments about historical issues. Next steps: This course is excellent preparation for a history degree or a move into careers such as the civil service, journalism, law and teaching.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes particularly well with Politics, Classics, English Literature, Sociology and Law.

LawAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Law is a fascinating and challenging A Level that provides a fantastic insight into what it would be like to study law at undergraduate level. It also provides a general introduction to the legal system and law making.

You will: > Consider key legal values such as

human rights and morality > Study the foundations of the

English legal system > Understand tort law and human rights > Study and apply criminal law such

as fatal and non-fatal offences > Visit local magistrates and courts,

also you will hear from guest speakers

> Be taught by law specialists with excellent contacts in local law firms

> Learn through group discussion and practical problem solving as well as in lectures and studying written materials

Assessment is by examination.

Choose this course if… you are interested in pursuing further study or a career in the legal sector. It is also a fascinating course if you are interested in current affairs and want to develop your understanding of them and why the law deals with things in certain ways.Next steps: This course is excellent preparation for a law degree or other Humanities related degrees. Further professional training can lead to qualification as a barrister or solicitor. Students may also progress to Apprenticeships in the legal sector.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes particularly well with subjects such as English and History. The course content also links well with Politics, Psychology and Sociology.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

103 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

PhilosophyAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

On this course you will gain an introductory knowledge of philosophy as an academic subject, of current philosophical issues and of philosophical methods.

You will: > Develop your skills of critical

analysis and learn how to construct persuasive, philosophical arguments

> Study modules in epistemology and philosophy of religion. Consider what we can really know as human beings and debate issues such as proving the existence of God

> At A Level, study modules in philosophy of mind and moral philosophy, considering issues such as are the mind and body separate and how do we make moral decisions?

> Have the opportunity to hear from guest speakers and there will be visits to universities and conferences


Choose this course if… you enjoy questioning the world around you and are reticent to take what you are told at face value, also discussing/considering the big questions about what exists, morality and knowledge. It is great if you are an avid reader and enjoy formulating arguments in written form (i.e. essay writing). Also, if you like a challenge, and are willing to have your own views challenged.Next steps: This course supports application to all academic courses, not only in the Humanities but also in the arts and sciences, including medicine. Philosophy students have gone on to a wide variety of occupations: journalism, the civil service, city firms, teaching, management consultancy, social work and the law.Standard entry requirements: Grade 5 in English Language and 5 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with any Humanities or Science based subjects - although it can fit very well with Literature and the arts too.

PoliticsAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Politics is a diverse and challenging A Level. It will give you a clear understanding of the British political system in terms of who holds power, how we engage with everyday politics and how power is dispersed globally. It also comprises a comprehensive introduction to the major ideologies that have dominated political philosophy in the western world. In addition, you will examine international relations and their impact on world affairs.

You will: > Study the foundations of the

political system such as democracy, party politics, voting behaviour and elections

> Learn about the constitution, parliament, powers of prime ministers, the role of the Supreme Court and its relationship with the EU

> Look at political ideologies such as conservatism, liberalism, socialism and nationalism

> Examine global power politics ideas and events


Choose this course if… you enjoy discussing current affairs, both domestically and internationally, following the news and reading around issues, engaging with and campaigning on social and political issues.Next steps: Politics A Level is a well-respected academic course that can lead to degrees such as PPE, International Relations, History and Law. Politics students have gone on to a wide variety of occupations: journalism, the civil service, teaching, social work, think tanks and the law are some possible destinations.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with History, Law, Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, Geography, Economics, Classics and English.

PsychologyAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Psychology is a fascinating and unique subject introducing students to how the discipline can be applied to everyday life and the academic domain. The study of psychology is research led and demands scientific exploration and rigour.

You will: > Develop your scientific skills in

research, analysis, and the use of theory to develop explanations

> Study a range of topics such as forensic psychology, schizophrenia, the psychology of gender and anxiety disorders, including obsessive compulsive disorder and phobias

> Debate topics such as nature versus nurture

> Learn about the importance of attachment in child development

> Have the opportunity to discuss sensitive topic areas, for example, depression, schizophrenia, phobias and obsessive compulsive disorder

Assessment is by examinations - two 90 minute exams in AS and three 120 minute exams at A Level.

Choose this course if… you have an inquisitive mind and enjoy evaluating and discussing concepts and research.Next steps: You could study Psychology or other Humanities subjects at university. Further academic study and professional training can lead to a career in education (teaching, educational psychology), business, the health service (e.g. nursing, physiotherapy, sports science, clinical psychology, occupational therapy, counselling), law, police force, forensic psychology, criminology or the prison service.Standard entry requirements: Grade 5 in English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 in GCSE Biology or Science.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with Sociology, Business, Sport, Biology, Law, English and Drama.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Humanities


Religious StudiesAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course aims to introduce you to some of the key aspects of religion and ethical issues in contemporary society. It will also cover one major Eastern religion in some depth.

You will: > Explore the beliefs and practices of

Theravada and Mahayana Buddhism. Examine the role of Buddhism in the 21st century, such as whether it aligns with feminism and science

> Examine arguments for and against the existence of the Abrahamic God

> Explore the nature of ethical theories such as egoism and virtue ethics

> Improve your verbal and written skills whilst gaining confidence in public speaking

> Be expected to read widely and regularly on and around the subject and verbally participate in all aspects of the lessons

Assessment is by examination only.

Choose this course if… you enjoy academic debate and having your thinking seriously challenged and your vision of the world widened. Next steps: The critical rigour of religious studies is excellent preparation for higher education in the arts and sciences and in professions that value problem solving, independent thinking and creativity. Graduating students have gone on to study a wide range of academic subjects both in the arts and sciences.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with other Humanities subjects or sciences.

SociologyAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Sociology is the study of society and human social behaviour - the range of things that govern our interactions with one another. This course gives you knowledge about contemporary society, social processes and social change.

You will: > Study units such as families and

households, the mass media, education beliefs in society and crime and deviance

> Learn sociological research methods and skills

> Develop your own sociological awareness through wide reading and research and active engagement in the subject

> Operate in an environment of no right answers and learn to evaluate the usefulness of different theories and types of evidence

> Have the opportunity to hear from guest speakers and there will be visits to universities and conferences

External assessment is by written examination.

Choose this course if… you enjoy questioning the world around you and your place within it, analysing everyday issues and institutions, debating and discussing current affairs, nationally and globally.Next steps: The analytical and interpretative skills you acquire are excellent preparation for university. Your high social awareness will be useful in a range of occupations, such as management, advertising, marketing, police, teaching and the caring professions such as nursing or social work.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with History, Politics, Law, Geography, Philosophy, Religious Studies, Psychology, Economics, Media Studies, and English Literature and Language.

Level 3

Level 3

174 A*GRADES

A stunning

were awarded to our A Level students

in 2018.

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Information Technology

Our IT and Computing courses are ideal if you want a career in web development, computer graphics, animation, 3d modelling, cyber security, games design or programming, systems engineering, technical support and networking. Our students progress to university or local/national/multi-national companies in these areas.

You could become an individual who solves the problems of the future using existing technologies or develop specific technology to find solutions.

You do not need to have studied IT or computing at school, but you do need to have a keen interest in this exciting and varied area of study.

These courses take place at Victoria House, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Information

Technology.

Rex

“The college is very supportive and every member of staff is very friendly and you feel like you can ask them confidently for help. I have enjoyed passing the tasks that are given by the lecturers, and it feels great when you know that you have succeeded. I would recommend Exeter College as there are many courses available, and everyone is friendly and helpful as they give you advice etc. I hope to progress on to study my subject at a higher level.”Studying IT Practitioners 90 Credit Diploma Level 3 Previously studied at West Exe School, Exeter



105



STOP PRESSRex achieved an excellent result of two Distinction Stars at the end of his first year and is continuing on to the second year of his studies.


Information TechnologyBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If you are looking for a career that uses IT in the workplace, this course will give you an excellent foundation.

You will: > Improve your knowledge of both

hardware and software > Develop digital information using IT > Use digital communication

technologies > Solve IT technical problems > Create a spreadsheet > Design a website > Learn to code

You will be assessed by assignments, coursework and presentations, with tests for your English and Maths.

Choose this course if… you have an aptitude for computers and are looking to pursue a career in IT.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in IT is really important.This course takes place at the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Level 1

107 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Information and Creative Technology - Game Development BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This hands on course will give you an excellent grounding in all aspects of IT, with a particular focus on programming and game development.

You will: > Learn through lectures, practical

work, group work and presentations > Learn how to design and create your

own programmes and apps > Hear from guest speakers in careers

such as graphic design, programmers and technicians

> Study the following units: The Online World, Technology Systems, An Online Portfolio, Digital Video, Automated Computer Systems - Robotics, Database Development, Software Development and Mobile App Development

Assessment is by assignments, external online examinations, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you have an interest in learning the skills to be able to create your own computer games and mobile apps.Next steps: You could go on to study courses including a Level 3 Foundation/Extended Diploma Information Practitioners or apply for an Apprenticeship in the IT industry.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need to display a passion for IT at interview and have an interest in an IT related career.

Information and Creative Technology - Creative Technologies BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This hands on course will give you an excellent grounding in all aspects of ICT with a particular focus on digital technologies.


work, group work and presentations > Learn how to design and create

animations, websites and multimedia products

> Hear from guest speakers such as graphic designers, programmers and technicians

> Study the following units: The Online World, Technology Systems, An Online Portfolio, Digital Animation, Automated Computer Systems - Robotics, Database Development, Website Development and Multimedia Product Development


Choose this course if… you have an interest in learning the skills to be able to create interactive digital animation, multimedia products or websites.Next steps: You could go on to study courses including a Level 3 Foundation/Extended Diploma Information Practitioners, or apply for an Apprenticeship in the IT industry.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need to display a passion for IT at interview and have an interest in an IT related career.

Information and Creative Technology - Systems and Networks BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This hands on course will give you an excellent grounding in all aspects of ICT with a particular focus on creating and maintaining systems and networks.


work, group work and presentations > Learn how to create and maintain

systems and networks in our dedicated PC Lab

> Hear from guest speakers such as graphic designers, programmers and technicians

> Study the following units: The Online World, Technology Systems, An Online Portfolio, Digital Video, Automated Computer Systems - Robotics, Database Development, Computer Networks and Installing and maintaining Computer Systems


Choose this course if… you have an interest in learning the practical skills to be able to install and maintain computer systems and networks.Next steps: You could go on to study courses including a Level 3 Foundation/Extended Diploma Information Practitioners or apply for an Apprenticeship in the IT industry.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need to display a passion for IT at interview and have an interest in an IT related career.

Level 2

Level 2

Level 2



IT - Game DevelopmentBTEC Level 3 90 Credit/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is aimed at learners who have an interest in computer games and wish to develop their IT skills through Game Development.

You will: > Explore a range of core IT topics in your first year. In the

second year, learners study a range of standard topics and four modules specifically oriented towards games development including: Mobile Apps Development, Computer Games Development, Digital 2D and 3D Graphics, Digital Animation and Effects

> Investigate a variety of different computer hardware and software, including games consoles

> Have the option to join several exciting trips to see IT in industry and gaming exhibitions

> Be able to join the Robotics clubThe course is assessed via controlled assessment and assignments in the form of written work, question and answer sessions or practical demonstrations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy games and have an interest in learning how to create your own.Next steps: You can progress into IT-related employment in areas such as Game Design, Game Programming, Level Design and Game Art by proceeding on to higher education. You could progress on to our HND in Computing.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or IT, with a career aim in a computing related field.

IT - Creative TechnologiesBTEC Level 3 90 Credit/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their IT skills in creative technologies. This course provides the knowledge, skills and understanding for learners thinking about employment as a creative IT professional working in a variety of areas such as computer graphics, animation, web design and 3D modelling.


second year, learners study a range of standard topics and four modules specifically oriented towards creative technologies including: Digital 2D and 3D Graphics, Digital Animation and Effects, Mobile Apps Development and the Internet of Things

> Study theoretical aspects in lectures and gain hands on experience in practical workshop-type environments



> Be able to join our cross college Robotics ClubYou will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for Maths and English. The course is assessed via external examination, controlled assessment and assignments in the form of written work, question and answer sessions or practical demonstrations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy website development, 2 and 3D animations.Next steps: You can either progress into IT-related employment in areas such as web design, animation, computer graphics or 3D modelling or proceed on to higher education. Previous students have gone on to study subjects such as Game Design and Audio Broadcasting at Plymouth, Teeside and UWE universities. Students wishing to stay within the Exeter area can progress on to our HND in Computing.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or IT, with a career aim in a computing related field.

Level 3

Level 3

IT - Game Development students recently worked with the University of Exeter to develop a computer game aimed at bringing history to life. The game premiered at an interactive exhibition, Gamerama, at Exeter’s Royal Albert Memorial Museum.

109 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

IT - ComputingBTEC Level 3 90 Credit/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their practical skills in computing. This course provides the knowledge, skills and understanding for learners thinking about employment as an IT professional working in a variety of areas such as programming, web development, computer and systems architecture and network security.


second year, learners study a range of standard topics and four modules specifically oriented towards computer science technologies including: Mobile Apps Development, Big Data and Business Analytics, Customising and Integrating Applications and the Internet of Things




> Be able to join our cross college Robotics ClubThe course is assessed via external examination, controlled assessment and assignments in the form of written work, question and answer sessions or practical demonstrations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy programming, data analysis, game design and development.Next steps: You can either progress into IT-related employment in areas such as game design, game programming, terrain modelling and games technologies or proceed on to higher education. Previous students have gone on to study subjects such as Game Design and Development at Plymouth, Falmouth and UWE universities. Students wishing to stay within the Exeter area can progress on to our HND in Computing.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations:In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or information technology, with a career aim in a computing related field.

IT - Systems and NetworksBTEC Level 3 90 Credit/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their skills in IT Systems and Networking. This course provides the knowledge, skills and understanding for learners thinking about employment as an IT practitioner working in a variety of technical roles such as hardware technician, network administrator, helpdesk support analyst, database administrator, software installation specialist and cybersecurity specialist.


second year, learners study a range of standard topics and four modules specifically oriented towards IT systems and computer networking including: Technical Support and Management, Cloud Storage and Collaboration Tools, Customising and Integrating Applications and the Internet of Things




> Be able to join our cross college Robotics clubThe course is assessed via external examination, controlled assessment and assignments in the form of written work, question and answer sessions or practical demonstrations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy fixing, building and networking computers and would like to learn more about cyber security and system engineering.Next steps: You can either progress into IT-related employment in areas such as system engineering, cybersecurity, networking or technical support or proceed on to higher education. Previous students have gone on to study subjects such as Computer Science, Ethical Hacking, and Networking at universities including Stafford, Bath, Plymouth and other respected universities. Students wishing to stay within the Exeter area can progress on to our HND in Computing.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths. Plus, three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or information technology, with a career aim in a computing related field.

Level 3

Level 3



ITBTEC Level 3 Certificate/Subsidiary Diploma in IT Duration: 2 years

This course gives a workplace-oriented insight into how IT is used. It can lead directly into IT careers.

You will: > Learn to create systems to manage information, use social

media for business purposes and manage IT systems > Choose an optional unit which will be fixed either from

website development or data modelling > Work in a dedicated and well equipped IT lab using

specialist software that directly mirrors what is used in industry

> Visit companies such as BT and the Met Office and hear guest speakers from multinational organisations such as Capgemini

> Be able to join clubs such as Robotics > Go on trips to places such as the European Gaming

Convention and Bletchley Park, plus social trips such as Thorpe Park

On completion of the certificate you may in the second year progress to the Subsidiary Diploma. Assessment is by internally assessed assignments via observation and written work. This works well if you are also studying courses with exams as you get a nice balance of work across the year.

Choose this course if… you enjoy using computers and have a career aspiration that might involve IT skills. Next steps: You can progress to further studies in IT, for example, you could go on to study a Computing Higher National Diploma (HND) at Exeter College or you could go on to apply for employment in a wide range of roles that value IT skills. Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or IT, with a career aim in a computing related field.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes particularly well with creative, technical or career-oriented courses.

Level 3 Did you know from September 2020 we will be introducing new Digital T Levels - see page 42 for more information.

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

International Baccalaureate

This is an excellent, internationally recognised qualification, ideal for those interested in pursuing an exciting and wide ranging programme of study in six academic subjects, including Maths, English Literature, Science, a Humanity and a Modern Foreign Language. In today’s world, an interdisciplinary course like the International Baccalaureate (IB) offers a brilliant platform into higher education, be that in the UK or overseas, and/or into employment, where employers are looking for a diverse skill-set. Its Core elements - which include Theory of Knowledge, a 4000-word Extended Essay and Creative/Active/Service portfolio - ensure that IB students graduate from a holistic programme which will act as a strong foundation for the rest of their lives.

We are a small, supportive community (approximately 80-100 students across the two years) and you will be taught in small classes with experienced and inspiring teachers and a whole range of materials to help you learn. You will be a member of a tutor group, and will be expected to learn in a multitude of ways, from group presentations and individual research to

International

Baccalaureate.

Jess

“The International Baccalaureate allowed me to continue taking all the subjects I enjoyed, as well as others I may not have otherwise chosen, but have proved to be equally interesting. I also liked the multi-disciplinary approach in GCSEs, and wanted to carry this on at the next level of education. I found the small class-size and tight-knit social group on the IB appealing. I really enjoyed the community aspect of the IB, where everyone is genuinely happy to help with any issues to do with work or otherwise. I would definitely recommend Exeter College to anyone wishing to get a good, rounded education in nearly any field they are interested in. In my experience, the teachers are genuinely passionate about their subjects and the quality of the work you produce, which connects to the ethos of high achievement which surrounds the college. If you are willing to put work into your studies, Exeter College will support you in your ambitions, which, in my opinion, is the best thing you can ask for really.”Previously studied at South Devon Steiner School, near Dartington


class discussion, field trips, language residentials, cultural visits, guest speakers, and much more. All subjects involve a coursework element, allowing you to pursue a topic of your own interest.

Our students go on to study at a wide range of higher education providers, with many going on to Russell Group universities, including Oxford and Cambridge, as well as studying overseas. Many will take a gap year, often using their language skills to work or volunteer. Some take an Art Foundation course; others go on to the new Apprenticeship degrees. The IB is a highly regarded qualification and recent research indicates that the vast majority of UK universities view it particularly favourably, citing high success rates for their IB graduates.

This programme of study takes place at the Hele Road site, the Maths and Science Centre and the Centre for Creative Industries. See pages 21-22 for the map.

111

In 2018, almost a quarter (22%) of students studying the International Baccalaureate (IB) at Exeter College have achieved 40+ points, the college’s highest ever results.


International BaccalaureateDuration: 2 years

This qualification allows you to study six subjects (three at Higher (H) Level and three at Standard (S) Level) across a wide range of disciplines spanning languages, arts, humanities, maths and sciences as outlined below, as well as the Core comprising Theory of Knowledge, a 4000-word Extended Essay and a portfolio of Creative, Active and Service activities, known as CAS.> Group 1 Language

English Literature (H and S)> Group 2 Second Language

French (H and S), German (H and S) Italian (for beginners) (S) Spanish (H and S and for beginners)

> Group 3 Individuals and Society Geography (H and S) Global Politics (H and S) - taught as an elective in group 6 History (H and S) Philosophy (H and S) - taught as an elective in group 6 Psychology (H and S)

> Group 4 Sciences Biology (H and S) Environmental Systems and Societies (S) Physics (H and S) Chemistry - which is taught in group 6

> Group 5 Mathematics* Mathematics: Analysis and Approaches (H and S)Mathematics: Applications and Interpretation (H and S)

> Group 6 Electives Art and Design (H and S) Film Studies (H and S) Chemistry (H and S) Philosophy (H and S) Second Language* Global Politics (H and S) Music

*A second language can also be taken, although one must be Beginners (ab initio) Spanish or Italian. This is NOT an option with H Maths, however.

Level 3

*Which Maths course should I choose?

Mathematics: Analysis and Approaches - best for students interested in pure Maths, Engineering, Science and Economics. Emphasis on calculus.

Mathematics: Applications and Interpretation - focus on statistics and technology; best for social scientists, and some economists. Standard Level will be similar to ‘old’ Maths Studies. This course would be suitable for Medicine applicants.

You will: > Study six subjects along with a Theory of Knowledge

course > Research a topic of special interest and complete an

Extended Essay, with one to one supervision > Have residential opportunities > Take part in field trips, theatre visits, conferences and

other excursions > Collate and submit a portfolio of creative, active and

service/voluntary activities which you have undertaken inside and out of college (known as CAS)

Please note: while we expect to run most if not all of the subjects listed, a minimum number of applicants per subject is required to ensure viability. This impacts most in Group 6, due to the range of options offered.Assessment is through a combination of exams and internal assessment of your oral, written and practical coursework.

Choose the International Baccalaureate if… > You enjoy learning about new subjects in an open,

exploratory environment > You want to keep your options open post-college > You like to learn in small groups with experienced,

knowledgeable and enthusiastic teachers > You would like to join a college programme which goes

beyond academic study and includes plenty of enrichment opportunities, as well as weekly critical thinking lessons (TOK) and a supervised Research Essay, giving the opportunity to study a subject of personal interest with one to one specialist supervision

> You would like to belong to a close-knit, internationally-minded community with students and staff from around the world

> You are interested in progressing to a top university, either in the UK or overseas

> You want to make new, often like-minded friends > You are interested in learning how to learn better!

Next steps: The course is recognised and welcomed by all universities in Britain and most universities across the world and prepares you for nearly all courses, depending on your choice of subjects. Our current average point score (35), which is above the world average, matches and even surpasses the entry requirements for several Russell Group universities including Birmingham and Manchester.Entry requirements: You need the equivalent of at least six GCSEs at grade 6, plus GCSE English and Maths at grade 6 or above.For certain subjects (especially higher level) you will need higher grades, for instance a minimum GCSE grade of 7 for higher level Languages or Sciences. If you want to study a language that you have not studied before, you can follow the language for beginners (ab initio) course without a GCSE in that language, but experience of language learning is required.

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Languages

Our first class language courses will broaden your horizons as you develop new or existing language skills, whilst giving you an insight into the culture and traditions of other countries.

These courses are studied at our Hele Road site, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Languages.

Eleanor

“I chose my A Levels because they were subjects I enjoy the most and I would like to pursue studying French at university. I have enjoyed being involved in the Ten Tors 45 mile team and Model United Nations, in particular the conferences competing against other schools in the south west. My studies have enabled me to pursue subjects I enjoy and in all of these I have enjoyed meeting new people and making new friends. I hope to attend university to study French and International Business or International Relations. All of my teachers have been very supportive in my studies and encourage me to achieve the best of my ability.”Studying History, Economics and French A Levels, with Extended Project Previously studied at St Peter’s Church of England Aided School


113




SpanishA Level Duration: 2 years

This course builds on the knowledge and skills you have acquired at GCSE, to help you express yourself more spontaneously in the language, while learning more about the Spanish speaking world.

You will: > Study highlights of Hispanic artistic culture, including

a focus on Spanish regional identity and the cultural heritage of past civilisations

> Study a Spanish film and a play > Work from original source documents, including online

media, films and television programmes > Explore an area of particular interest in the Spanish

speaking world in an individual research project > Take advantage of our extensive virtual learning

environments and our social media platform > Have the opportunity to take part in a study visit to

Seville in southern SpainAssessment includes an oral examination and two written tasks, including listening, reading, writing and translation.

Choose this course if… you enjoy learning about the cultures and societies of the Spanish speaking world, if you like learning by doing and if you like to be active in class and don’t mind giving things a go and taking risks.Next steps: Language qualifications are always attractive to employers and university admissions tutors. Some students go on to study a foreign language at university and may choose to specialise in an area of language such as translation, interpreting or language teaching. Many students combine a language with another area of interest such as Law, Engineering or Business, among many other possibilities. This enables them to establish a career abroad or with international companies.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 or above in GCSE Spanish. Other experience in Spanish may be taken into account.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes particularly well with English Language, English Literature, Film Studies, Politics and French/German, Geography and History, which all overlap in different ways. However, languages are required alongside other skills in the workplace, so Science A Levels, Business Studies or almost any other combination is very useful.

Level 3

115 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

GermanA Level Duration: 2 years

You will develop your German language ability by practising listening, speaking, reading and writing. You will improve your knowledge of vocabulary and grammar and become more confident in using your German, while learning more about the German speaking world.

You will: > Learn to discuss, debate and express your views on

the themes we will be exploring > Watch German films and read German literature > Have opportunities to access German workshops,

tutorials and online materials outside classroom time > Have the opportunity to travel to Germany > Have access to native speakers and guest speakers > Research an area of particular interest in an

independent projectAssessment is by externally assessed oral and written examinations, with listening, reading, grammar translation tasks and essays.

Choose this course if… you are interested in German culture, history, literature and politics and passionate about communication (using vocabulary to express yourself) and learning how language works (finding out about and using grammar).Next steps: You could progress to study at university or find a job where you can use your language skills, which are in good demand. Languages are in demand in many careers such as business, tourism, teaching, banking, politics, translation and interpreting, broadcasting and journalism.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 or above in GCSE German. Other experience in German may be taken into account.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes particularly well with Business, Music, Art and Design, Film and Video, English Language, English Literature, Maths and all Sciences, Economics, Geography, Geology and, if you are a linguist, another language A Level.

FrenchA Level Duration: 2 years

This course constitutes an integrated study with a focus on language, culture and society. It fosters a range of transferable skills, including communication, critical thinking and creativity.

You will: > Increase your range of vocabulary and improve your

understanding of grammar > Learn from a native speaker and have the opportunity

to travel to France > Watch French films and read French literature > Research an area of particular interest in your

individual project > Learn about many aspects of life in contemporary

France and the Francophonie > Acquire a deeper cultural awareness of French

speaking communitiesAssessment includes an oral examination and two written tasks including listening, reading, writing and translation.

Choose this course if… you enjoy communicating with other people, have a good memory, and find problem solving stimulating.Next steps: You could go on to study at university, whether you specialise in French or combine the language with another subject. A Level languages are always attractive to university admissions tutors. Languages are also useful in many careers such as leisure and tourism, teaching, journalism, business, politics and international law.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 or above in GCSE French. Other experience in French may be taken into account.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with another foreign language and with A Levels in English Language, English Literature, Film Studies, Geography, History, Sociology or any other subject which may lead to an international career.

Level 3

Level 3

Languages

German saw an exceptional 89% number of students awarded high grades (A*, A and B) in 2018.


Ewan

“I’m really happy with my results - two A’s and a C so all set for university. It’s a really nice feeling to get my results and I’m really excited about to going to the University of Liverpool to study Law with Spanish. The teaching at college was really high quality and made the classes an enjoyable experience. My favourite part of college was probably the fact I went on some really great trips - in my first year I went to Seville to stay with a host family and last year I went to Honduras with my Geography class. I spent two weeks in the rainforest, then diving on the coral reefs on Caribbean island which was incredible.”Studied Spanish, Law and Geography A Levels Previously studied at Dawlish Community College


Kate

“My experience of Exeter College as a parent has been excellent. It has been a great preparation for Ewan for going to university. We had regular communications which was really helpful and I frequently recommend the college because I know that the support is really good.”Parent of Ewan, pictured here celebrating his results at our A Level Results day, 2018

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Mathematics

Our Maths courses are fantastic whether you need to improve your basic skills or you are keen to go right to the top. For GCSE Maths you will mainly be based in your main faculty area. At A Level you will mostly study in our fantastic Maths and Science Centre on Queen Street, which has a student study hub, cafe and meetings rooms as well as spacious Science labs, dedicated Maths classrooms and two Computer Science labs.

Mathematics.

Oliver

“I cycle to the train station and catch a train in to Exeter each day, and I do this because I believe that the college is the best option for my future. I took the A Level courses I am doing now because they are all subjects I really enjoy, which I think is really important if you wish to spend two years studying a subject in such depth. Before this course I took the Exeter College Fast Track GCSE course. I had previously been home educated, so this course and the amazing staff really helped me to progress to the A Level courses I am now doing. There is always support available from your tutor or teachers and there are revision sessions that are put up closer to exams. The college allows for independent study time, for which you can go to many of the Learning and Resource Centres around college, where there are many computers and resource materials available. I would definitely recommend Exeter College as the standard of teaching is outstanding and the support that you receive is incredible.”Studying Maths, Physics and Economics A Levels Previously home-schooled in Umberleigh


117




Find out more about how to travel to college on page 23.

EconomicsAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Economics relates to every aspect of our lives, from the decisions individuals make to the policies of governments.

You will: > Develop a deep knowledge

of economic forces and an understanding of how they shape the world around us

> Gain an understanding of the economics that lie behind front page news stories, from Brexit to the Cornish pasty tax

> Look at the UK economy - its performance and policies

> Consider subjects such as inflation, growth, unemployment and foreign trade

> Study business behaviour and the labour market

> Have the opportunity to take part in study trips, attend conferences and visit organisations

Course assessment is through short tests, essays, and case studies. Final assessment is through external examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy debating economic issues such as inequality, immigration and how we should pay for healthcare. Using and interpreting data to analyse economic problems. Discussing alternative courses of action. Keeping up to date with national and international trends.Next steps: Economics is excellent preparation for an Economics Degree or a Degree in subjects such as business studies, social sciences, history or engineering. Possible career choices for A Level economics students include Apprenticeships in accountancy, stock broking and banking and finance.Standard entry requirements: Grade 5 in English Language and 5 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes particularly well with Mathematics, Geography, Social Sciences and History.

Level 3

119 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

MathematicsAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course is ideal if you enjoy Maths and wish to develop your skills. It will take your mathematical knowledge to the next stage, with the study of Pure and Applied Mathematics.

You will: > Focus on fundamental techniques

such as algebra, geometry, trigonometry and calculus (differentiation and integration)

> Develop excellent analytical skills through your study of statistics, including use of large data sets

> Learn how to use mechanics, including Newton’s laws of motion, to solve physical problems involving motion and forces

> Access individual support at weekly drop in sessions


Choose this course if… you enjoy Maths and want to develop the skills gained at GCSE, particularly the more abstract elements of algebra. Definitely choose it if you want to go to university to study a mathematical course.Next steps: Mathematics is an essential qualification for Maths, Computer Science, Physics and Engineering Degrees and strongly supports many other courses including Biology, Chemistry and Economics as well as working alongside subjects such as Business Studies, Geography, Geology, Environmental Science and Psychology.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 6 in Maths and grade 6 in Physics/Double Science. Plus, you will need five more GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: If you have a grade 6 in GCSE Maths, a compulsory supplementary Maths course is provided which requires attendance at an extra Maths Support lesson each week.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with mathematically based courses particularly Computer Science, for which it is compulsory, physics, for which it is very highly recommended, Biology, Chemistry or Economics.

Further MathematicsAS/A Level Duration: 1 or 2 years

If you really love exploring mathematical relationships and are very strong at Mathematics, you are encouraged to take Further Mathematics in addition to Mathematics A Level. This can be taken at AS Level as a 4th subject in Year 1 by choosing it as an Extend option (see page 47 for further information on Extend).

You will: > Take units in pure and applied

Mathematics, including statistics > Be able to attend drop in

Mathematics workshops with one to one support to supplement lectures

> Have the opportunity to take part in a Maths challenge


Choose this course if… you love Maths and want to do more of it! It is excellent preparation for a mathematically based degree at top universities and will help you stand out from the crowd.Next steps: Mathematics is a valuable qualification for scientific and engineering degrees and has links with many other subjects including Business Studies, Computer Science, Geography, Economics, Biology, Environmental Science and Psychology.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 7 in Maths and grade 7 in Physics/Double Science. Plus, you will need 5 more GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must also choose to study A Level Mathematics alongside Further Maths.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with Mathematics (which has to be taken with Further Mathematics), Physics, Computer Science and other mathematically based courses.

Level 3

Level 3

Mathematics

Maths (with Statistics)Level 3 Certificate Duration: 1 year

This course will develop your mathematical skills beyond GCSE. Maths is vital in the modern world and is increasingly important in a wide range of careers. It sits very well as an Extend option alongside a programme of three A Levels that include any mathematical content. It will be assessed at Level 3 and the content is equivalent to an AS Level, but with a greater emphasis on applications rather than abstract mathematical techniques. Note: this is exactly equivalent to an AS Level qualification but is not available as a full A Level equivalent.

You will: > Learn to apply Maths to address

problems and questions in the real world

> Develop the skills to represent or model situations mathematically

> Use Maths and statistics to make logical and reasoned arguments in a variety of contexts

Assessment is by examination at the end of the year.

Choose this course if… you enjoy using Maths where you can see how it is applied, rather than doing abstract algebra, and if you want to strengthen your Maths for your other subjects.Next steps: You can go on to further study, training or employment with stronger Maths skills. The transferable skills of numeracy, mathematical modelling and problem solving skills are highly desirable. It is particularly valuable to prepare you for any degree course or career where data analysis, statistics (for example in social science research) or logical problem solving is required.Entry requirements: You will need to have achieved GCSE Maths and English Language at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with any course with some mathematical content such as Environmental Science or other Sciences, Economics, Psychology, Geography, Business Studies or other Humanities or Social Science subjects.

Level 3


Media and Film

If you are interested in film, radio, TV, digital or print media or would like to explore the theoretical and practical issues of media, then our exciting media and film courses are ideal for you.

You’ll get the chance to use the TV studios and take part in many production projects throughout the year, as well as contributing to our annual shows, such as the Exeter College Oscars, final project screenings and much more. There is also an opportunity for you to be involved with our radio station, Spark Radio, see page 14.

Media

and Film.

120



Sadie

“I have really enjoyed learning new subjects that were different from what I studied at school and in areas that I am really interested in. I am really pleased with my results and I have been accepted to study Psychology at Manchester University. I would definitely recommend Exeter College.”Studied Film Studies, Sociology and Psychology A Levels Previously studied at Isca Academy


STOP PRESSSadie achieved a brilliant two A* and one A at A Level and is progressing to study Psychology at the University of Manchester.

121 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Media and Film

Digital MediaBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If working in digital media appeals to you then this vocational course will be a good choice.

You will: > Create an interactive presentation > Create an animation > Shoot a short film > Create a storyboard and

television advert > Take part in a week’s work






Choose this course if… you enjoy being creative and have a practical approach to learning. An interest in media is important but experience is not, just a willingness to learn.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the digital media industry is really important.This course takes place at the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Media Production and TechnologyLevel 2 Award and Diploma (UAL) Duration: 1 year

This practical course will develop your technical skills and experience in a variety of media products, professional equipment and creative activities.

You will: > Analyse media products and present

research on media techniques > Produce work in animation, film

trailers, advertising and music videos > Take part in trips to local cinemas,

media companies or TV studios > Work in our purpose built CCI

building using industry standard production equipment, including HD equipment

> Develop transferable skills in communication, writing, teamwork, problem solving and creativity

You will be assessed on a portfolio of evidence created during practical and written assignments.

Choose this course if… you enjoy film making, camera work and editing, and being creative. Next steps: You could progress to the Level 3 Diploma and Extended Diploma in Creative Media Production and Technology or an AS/A Level course, before seeking a role in the industry or continuing your studies at university.Standard entry requirements: You will need English Language and Maths at grade 3, however we do make exceptions depending on other grades achieved. You will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent such as a Merit in a Level 1 qualification.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A strong interest in the media and an interest in getting hands on experience in making films as part of a team.

Creative Media Production and TechnologyLevel 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL) Duration: 2 years

This course is designed to prepare you for work in the film and TV industry.

You will: > Develop your research, practical and

creative skills in pre-production, production and post-production

> Use industry standard equipment including our TV Studio, edit suites and a radio station

> Produce projects in film, advertising, TV drama (including scriptwriting), documentary, music video and experimental film

> Train in the use of HD DV cameras and other specialist media equipment

> Learn from professional guest speakers and take part in trips to film festivals, screenings, conferences and exhibitions

> Have your final, major project screened in a public cinema environment

Assessment is by coursework and productions.

Choose this course if… you enjoy exploring moving image work in all its forms, taking ownership of your own creative ideas and working in a dynamic team environment. Next steps: You could progress on to university level study, such as Exeter College’s Film and TV Production Foundation Degree or seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A keen interest in the media.

Level 1

Level 3

Level 2


Creative Media Production and Technology (Journalism)Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL) Duration: 2 years

This course is designed for those who want to develop a career in journalism and the publishing industry. It will focus on both print journalism and digital media production, as well as radio and broadcast journalism.

You will: > Have the opportunity to develop

practical and creative skills through a variety of assignments, such as news and feature writing, photojournalism, broadcast journalism (radio/TV) and magazine/newspaper design and production

> Learn about journalism law and media theory, professional writing skills and research techniques

> Use research to write news stories and features

> Find out how to conduct interviews for print, radio, TV and online outlets

> Create designs using industry standard software

> Develop photography and video audio recording and editing skills

The course has no exam and you are assessed continuously over the two years of the course.

Choose this course if… you enjoy writing creatively and investigative journalism and it is ideal if you have a keen interest in the industry. Next steps: You could go on to higher education to study a Journalism degree or a Communications, PR or Marketing degree. There is also the option to progress on to the Foundation Degree in Journalism at Exeter College. You could also get a job in the journalism and publishing industry.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A keen interest in journalism.

Level 3 Film Studies

A Level Duration: 2 years

What do Scorsese, Coppola and Lucas have in common? They all studied films before they started making them. This course allows you to study different genres of film whilst also producing your own material.

You will: > Deepen your appreciation of cinema

and understanding of the historical, political and cultural context of films

> Study contemporary Hollywood and British film, world cinema and the ‘classics’

> Have the opportunity to go on the New York media trip

> Critically analyse film extracts > Develop your own screenplays > Use industry standard equipment,

including HD equipment and Final Cut Pro


Choose this course if… you enjoy studying, watching and writing about films from different time periods alongside creating your own film based productions.Next steps: You could progress on to university level study, such as Exeter College’s Film and TV Production Foundation Degree or employment in the creative industries.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A keen interest in different kinds of film.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with Media Studies, Humanities courses, Art and Design courses and Languages (including English).

Level 3

123 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Media and Film

Film and Video - Art and DesignAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Are you a budding creative film maker? If so, then this course offers an excellent career start.

You will: > Experiment with different film

styles in a professional standard HD TV studio

> Learn how to analyse films in Hollywood and art-cinema forms, and apply these ideas to your own work

> Work with musicians, actors, artists, local arts organisations such as the Royal Albert Memorial Museum and Exeter Phoenix

> Visit centres of excellence such as the Bill Douglas Centre, Harry Potter World and @Bristol

Your work will be assessed informally, with your final grade set by an externally moderated assignment and the assessment of one unit of coursework.

Choose this course if… you want to find your own style as a creative film maker. Next steps: You could progress on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design and a Photography or Film and TV Production Foundation Degree both here at Exeter College. Alternatively, you could start your film or digital media career. There is a strong progression rate to film and digital art degree courses from this programme. Many Film and Digital Art students have gone on to win or be shortlisted for regional, national and international short film competitions.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Some experience of film, video or artwork would be useful but not essential. A grade 4 or above in Art GCSE is preferable.See pages 51-57 for other art related courses.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme, however it cannot be taken alongside AS Fine Art.

Media StudiesA Level Duration: 2 years

What do you think of Childish Gambino’s view of America? How much do the media shape the way you think? This course allows you to study different forms of media whilst producing your own material.

You will: > You will study a range of video

games, TV series, advertising, magazines and radio texts both old and new

> You will learn production skills to make a music video, magazine or a TV extract

> Apply analytical and critical skills in discussion and essays


Choose this course if… you enjoy discussing issues and debates about the media, analysing meanings in a variety of media products and learning production skills. Next steps: You could progress on to university level study, such as Exeter College’s Film and TV Production Foundation Degree. Past students work in TV, comedy production, marketing, public relations and teaching.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, you should have a strong interest in one of the major forms of media.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with Film Studies, English, History, Sociology, Art, Photography and Graphics.

Level 3

Level 3


Bryony

“My main achievement at Exeter College was getting nominated at the Exeter College Oscars for best script. It feels amazing just to be recognised and is definitely one of my biggest achievements. Everyone on my course is lovely and this friendly atmosphere extends across the whole college. The teachers are outstanding as well. They are so friendly and helpful which allows you to really get into your course and learn from them. I never feel worried about coming to them with a problem. I would highly recommend Exeter College to any student who is looking for a great and passionate place to continue their studies. Exeter College offers students so much support and freedom to grow. They have amazing opportunities to visit foreign countries and explore your hobbies. They also recognise you for your achievements and it makes it such a rewarding environment to learn in.”Studying Film Studies, Photography and History A Levels Previously studied at Uffculme School



01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Music

Our dedicated facilities in the Centre for Music and Performance provide a specialist space for you to explore, compose and perform music. In our studio production facilities, you will be able to use industry standard equipment, both for multi-track recording and sequencing.

As an Exeter College Music Academy student, you will be able to attend regular workshops, masterclasses, concerts, trips and talks across a wide range of styles and genres. All music performance students are expected to support their studies with instrumental or vocal lessons - the Music Academy offers competitively priced instrumental and vocal lessons with some of the county’s leading professional musicians.

Find out about our fantastic Music Academy - see page 49 for more information.

Music.



125


Niamh

“The support you get from the college is amazing and overall I have had the best experience. I enrolled on to this course because after college I want to go to a conservatoire to study harp full time, to then go on to teaching. My course offered theory, composition and performance. Having such a wide range of topics to work on gave me more insight into not only what I’d be doing in uni, but also gave me more options for what to do after uni, whether that be a harp performer or composer.”Studying Music and Religious Studies A Levels and Music BTEC Certificate Previously studied at St Peter’s Church of England Aided School


MusicUAL Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This programme focuses on practical skills and how to develop as a musician, both as an individual and as part of a group. You will be involved in the planning and performance of a wide range of music, whilst studying about the industry and developing your musical knowledge.

You will: > Study a wide range of musical

subjects, including how to survive in the music business and develop your musical skills as a professional

> Put on successful music events in the local community, whilst developing your rehearsal and performance skills in our purpose built rehearsal suites and performance area

> Develop a solo performance repertoire which will help you prepare for auditions

> Use a variety of music technology recording equipment and software with access to our music technology suites and studios

> Understand the music theory behind pop/rock music, focusing on applying the concepts practically through composition

> Develop the research and writing skills needed to progress

Assessment is by written and practical assignments. Choose this course if… you are an aspiring musician who wants to develop a range of skills, including performance and production techniques, song writing and music theory. Next steps: On successful completion, you could progress on to the BTEC Level 3 90-Credit Diploma/Extended Diploma in Music or employment in the industry.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A strong interest in music, as well as the ability to play an instrument to a reasonable standard (this is assessed through a short audition at interview).

Level 1

127 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Music

Music Technology (Production)BTEC Level 3 Certificate/ Subsidiary Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course will take your experience of music and sound production to the next level. You must have a keen interest in sequencing, recording and performance.

You will: > Learn a range of production

techniques and apply them to different music styles and genres

> Use music technology to support real media and performance projects

> Practise sound creation and manipulation

> Develop and deliver music products for the college record label

> Work in our industry standard recording studios and Mac suites

> Carry out individual research and presentation alongside your practical work

Assessment is continuous and coursework based.

Choose this course if… you are interested in exploring sound design and creative recording and production techniques.Next steps: In your second year, you can progress to the Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma then you could go on to university level study, for example, a Music (Creative Musicianship) HND at Exeter College. You will be prepared for a vocational career in sound engineering or sound production.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: The ability to sing or play an instrument to a comfortable standard is desirable. Previous experience with some form of sequencing and recording software is advantageous, for example, Logic Pro, Cubase, Pro Tools, Garage Band and Fruity Loops.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with A Level Music, Level 3 Certificate in Music Performance or any other A Level equivalent course.

MusicBTEC Level 3 90 Credit Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This applied, performance-based course offers you a broad range of study if you are hoping to pursue a career in music.

You will: > Study the place of music in our

society, working in the music industry, music theory and its practical application, composing and arranging, performance techniques and improvisation

> Develop your skills using our professional standard equipment and Logic and Pro Tools to sequence and record to a high standard

> Attend concerts, workshops and gigs > Deliver your final performance

at Exeter Phoenix > Join ensembles including Big Band,

choirs and Jazz Project > Benefit from our strong links with

music industry professionals to gain work experience and plan your career

Assessment is by written and practical assignments.

Choose this course if… you live and breathe music and have a strong motivation for studying music at higher education or entering the music industry. Next steps: You could progress on to a Music (Creative Musicianship) HND at Exeter College. You could also choose to study commercial music, pop, jazz, music technology and composition at university.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: The ability to play an instrument with confidence and intermediate skill (assessed through an audition at interview). Vocalists are encouraged to learn either piano or guitar to support their studies.

Music TechnologyBTEC Level 3 90 Credit Diploma/ Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is for you if you have a strong desire to pursue a career within the growing field of music technology or sound recording. The music industry is a billion pound sector of the economy with new opportunities emerging for employment in the fields of music for media, gaming and sound design, as well as traditional sound engineering and composition pathways.

You will: > Work closely with music industry

professionals, attend masterclasses with respected DJs and collaborate with performance students, as well as gaining hands on experience of live mixing, studio recording and collaborative composition projects

> Learn how to sequence music using the latest version of Logic as well as having access to Pro Tools

> Study subjects such as audio engineering, music theory, sound creation and manipulation and learn how the music industry works

Assessment is by practical and written assignments.

Choose this course if… you want to learn a wide range of music production skills that will offer you a varied array of music industry career opportunities.Next steps: You could also progress to Exeter College’s Music (Creative Musicianship) HND or other university courses in music technology, commercial music or enter the music industry. A number of notable previous students have been signed to record labels and tour internationally, making a living from following their passion.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: The ability to sing or play an instrument to a comfortable level is desirable but not essential. Technology experience is desirable, including knowledge of sequencing programs and recording.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3


MusicA Level Duration: 2 years

Studying this course will give you an understanding of the techniques of performance, harmony and composition, and an historical perspective on a wide variety of music styles and traditions.

You will: > Perform, compose and critically appraise music throughout

the course > Join orchestras, choirs, bands and other groups > Take trips to professional concerts > Practise in our purpose built recording studios, rehearsal

suites and performance areas > Join Exeter College’s Music Academy, with its masterclasses

and workshops led by industry professionalsYou will be assessed by a combination of coursework (60%), including a performance recital and composition portfolio, and by an end of year written examination (40%).

Choose this course if… you are enthusiastic and curious about a wide range of musical styles and genres and want to explore these in much greater detail through performance, composition and musical analysis. Next steps: You could go on to a university or music conservatoire or work in areas such as performance, composition, music teaching, music journalism and music therapy.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 in GCSE Music and/or grade 5 theory, along with previous participation in music ensembles would be an advantage. You must be able to read standard music notation confidently and be familiar with both treble and bass clefs. You should be able to perform at a standard equivalent to grade 4/5, even if you have not taken a performance exam.


Music (Performance)BTEC Level 3 Certificate/ Subsidiary Diploma Duration: 2 years

If you already have performing experience and would like to consolidate your musical skills in a practical, industry relevant way, then this course is ideal.

You will: > Take part in performances culminating in a final

performance > Focus specifically on writing and developing original material > Study practical units which focus on developing stylistic

awareness, ensemble skills and musical ability > Study an aural/theory unit which provides the underlying

knowledge and skills required to work in the music industry > Undertake a recording project in the second year

Assessment is by written and practical coursework.

Choose this course if… you enjoy writing and performing original songs and want to expand your musicianship skills and theory knowledge. Next steps: In your second year, you can progress to the Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma in Music (Performance), you could then go on to university level study. For example, a Music (Creative Musicianship) HND at Exeter College, a music college or university. Alternatively, you could seek employment in the industry.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A good intermediate performance standard is required on an instrument or voice (at equivalent to grade 4/5). You will do a short solo performance in the first week in which you will demonstrate an appropriate level of technical skill and musicality. Singers are strongly advised to learn the piano or guitar. You must also have a good basic understanding of music notation - you do not need to be able to read music fluently, however, you must know basic pitch (notes) and rhythm notation.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with A Level Music, Level 3 Certificate in Music Technology or any other A Level equivalent course.

Level 3

Level 3

Find out more about our fantastic Music Academy on page 49.

128

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Outdoor Adventure

We have a diverse and vibrant range of vocational courses at all levels delivered at Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre.

Students are given the opportunity to learn a variety of outdoor activities in a practical and applied environment. Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre at Exeter Quay offers a wide range of activities including sailing, canoeing, kayaking, windsurfing, climbing, abseiling, caving, orienteering, archery, raft building, team building and first aid, as well as a Powerfan freefall descent. Working in partnership with Devon County Council, this world class centre is used by outdoor adventure students as well as the community.

In 2016, Exeter College and Devon County Council were recognised nationally for the pioneering and innovative Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre. The partnership has been recognised with an Association of Colleges (AoC) Beacon Award for Innovation in Further Education.

See also pages 135-140 for our full range of sport and fitness courses.

Outdoor

Adventure.

Dan

“The Level 3 course was very good here at Exeter College. I chose to do it mainly because I used to go kayaking with my Grandad in France and it became a bit of a hobby, plus it seemed like a lot of fun. The teachers were amazing and the support from them was second to none. I made some great friends too - I’m still best friends with most of the class. The facilities at Haven Banks are incredible, with a wide range of activities to take part in from kayaking and canoeing to climbing and caving. I also worked in the computer suite a lot and even went off site on trips too, which were incredible. I chose to progress on to my Foundation Degree because of the relationship I had with the staff and my classmates in the Level 3, which made it a really safe and happy place to be and I just wanted to grow more as a person, my studies built my confidence at lot.”Studied Outdoor Adventure Level 3 and progressed on to Exeter College’s Applied Outdoor Adventure Foundation Degree Previously studied at Dawlish Community College





129



Level XSport (Outdoor

Adventure)BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This work related course provides you with an insight into working within Outdoor Adventurous Activities. While studying on the BTEC Level 1 Diploma you will also work towards gaining introductory qualifications within the industry.

You will: > Take part in activities including

kayaking, canoeing, climbing, caving and mountain biking

> Work in our Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre

> Develop your essential, transferable skills in literacy and numeracy

> Gain practical experience and work placements as part of the course


> Have the opportunity to undertake national governing body awards and study first aid

Assessment is through practical observation, witness statements, written coursework and online assessment.

Choose this course if… you are thinking about a future in the world of sports and leadership. This course is a great platform for you to develop your confidence, sporting ability, leadership and coaching style. Next steps: You could progress to the Level 2 in Outdoor Adventure, apply for an Apprenticeship in outdoor education or seek employment. Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You also need the personal qualities required to work in the outdoor and adventurous activities industry.This course takes place at Haven Banks OEC and the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Sport (Outdoor and Adventurous Activities)BTEC Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This specialist course builds on your experience of outdoor adventurous activities and starts to develop your leadership and planning skills.

You will: > Participate in a range of activities

from kayaking to caving, beginning to take on the role of a guide and leader

> Combine practical work and theory, studying subjects like anatomy and physiology

> Develop your knowledge and ability in fitness testing and training

> Plan and lead a range of sports activities and gain work and expedition experience

> Have opportunities to achieve national governing body qualifications

> Work in our Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre and other local facilities


Choose this course if… you enjoy both outdoor and adventurous activities as well as learning more about fitness. Next steps: You could progress to the Level 3 qualification in Outdoor Adventure, an Outdoor Adventure Apprenticeship or work in the industry.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent and two at grade 2 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need the personal qualities for working in the outdoor adventure industry.

Sport (Outdoor Adventure)BTEC Level 3 90 Credit Diploma/ Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course will take your knowledge, skills and experience of the outdoor adventurous activities industry to advanced level.

You will: > Continue the development of

your outdoor activity skills within kayaking, canoeing, climbing, sailing, caving and hill walking and navigation skills

> Develop your leadership skills, practice and experience

> Become competent in assessing and managing equipment, facilities and risk

> Gain advanced skills in a range of water based and land based adventurous activities

> Participate in work experience, study trips and expeditions

> Study topics such as nutrition and sustainable outdoor adventure

Assessment is mainly through coursework set by your lecturers, along with some externally assessed aspects.

Choose this course if… you enjoy and want to develop your skills and leadership in outdoor and adventurous activities. The course is suitable for those that are enthusiastic, hard working and willing to push their comfort zone. Next steps: On completion of this course you may wish to progress to a Foundation Degree in Applied Outdoor Adventure at Exeter College or enter the outdoor activities industry directly, either as an Apprentice or through employment.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you do not have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to work towards an appropriate Level 2 qualification in this subject. Plus, you will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A desire to participate and engage with a range of outdoor activities in a variety of environments and weather conditions. The personal qualities required to work in the outdoor and adventurous activities industry are essential.

Level 1

Level 3

Level 2

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Science

Our wide range of separate Science or Applied Science courses are ideal if you are logical, analytical and interested in developing research and technical skills. You will be mostly taught in our purpose built laboratories and lecture rooms at the new Maths and Science Centre. The Maths and Science Centre opened on Queen Street in Autumn 2015. This completely renovated building has a study area, cafe and meeting rooms as well as spacious science labs, dedicated Maths classrooms and a computer science lab.

Find out about our excellent Maths and Science Centre, see page 16.

Science.

131



Maddy“I love how my subjects all tie together so well - Maths particularly comes up in both Chemistry and Psychology so I love incorporating my subjects into each other. The enthusiasm of the teachers really shows in their work as well and they always challenge us. The college environment is so lovely, especially the new Maths and Science Centre which has such amazing facilities and the hub is a perfect place to study with friends. The support for students is excellent too, there are workshops and revision sessions for the courses that I take and the teachers are always happy to help you outside of lessons if you go to them with a problem or a question. I intend to go to university to study maths and psychology before going into teaching. My tutors’ enthusiasm at Exeter College was really what made me want to be a teacher.”Studying Maths, Psychology and Chemistry A Levels, with Extended Project Previously studied at Isca Academy


STOP PRESSMaddy achieved an excellent result of A*, A and B at A Level, plus an A for Extended Project, A in History AS Level and B in Critical Thinking. She is progressing to Lancaster University to study Natural Science.


Level XApplied Science

(Biomedical/Forensic Science)BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This exciting, practical course will equip you with a range of scientific principles and skills such as chemical analysis, microbiology and mathematical applications in science.

You will: > Look at the principals and applications of science > Use practical scientific procedures and techniques > Develop and understand science investigation skills and

lab techniques and their application > Carry out an investigative project > Consider contemporary issues in science > Use a dedicated forensic science lab > Enjoy frequent visits to several universities and employers > Attend careers fairs and be encouraged to undertake

work experienceAssessment is mainly by written assignments. In each year, approximately 18% of the course is based on a written exam.

Choose this course if… you are interested in a full time rigorous Science course with a level of demand equivalent to A Level, but mainly assessed by coursework. You will be aspirational and wanting to develop a career in an area such as biomedical, applied or forensic science.Next steps: Successful students can continue their studies into many different university courses such as Forensic Sciences, Biomedical courses and Forensic Psychology. Alternatively, you may seek employment in a variety of roles including laboratory technician, crime scene investigator and the police or fire service.English and Maths entry requirements:Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 in Double Award or separate Sciences is also required. Success at the end of year one in the Foundation Diploma is required to progress on to Year 2, with the expectation of consistent work of at least Merit level.

Level 3

Take a full 360 degree virtual tour of our Maths and Science Centre at exe-coll.ac.uk/STEMWe also offer Biology

GCSE (1 year course) for further information please visit our website.

133 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Science

BiologyAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course will give you the skills to make connections and associations between all living things around you. Being such a broad topic, you are bound to find a specific area of interest, plus it opens up the door to a fantastic range of careers.

You will: > Gain an understanding of scientific

methods > Learn about scientific advances in

technology relevant to biology > Attend a field work visit > Take part in a DNA technology

workshop > Improve your communication

skills in science, including how to reference, writing a synoptic essay and lab reports

> Develop your practical and investigative skills through lab work in our new laboratories

> Enhance your data analysis and evaluation skills

Assessment is by written examinations which will include the assessment of your knowledge of practical procedures.

Choose this course if… you enjoy learning about how processes in living organisms really happen and how all living organisms are interconnected. It is also ideal if you are interested in studying topics related to health and human effects on the environment. Next steps: You could progress to higher education or a career in pharmacy, medicine, dentistry, veterinary science and related health subjects. Progression routes include biological science, biochemistry and biomedical science.English and Maths entry requirements:Grade 4 in English and grade 5 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 in Biology and Chemistry, or equivalent.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with Chemistry and Maths (A Level or Level 3 Certificate). Psychology, PE and Environmental Science are also popular combinations.

ChemistryAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course offers you a structured transition from GCSE Science and Chemistry courses and prepares you for the more in depth scientific study of higher education courses or the world of work in a scientific field.

You will: > Gain an appreciation of important

chemical principles which are fundamental to our understanding of the world

> Learn how scientists investigate scientific phenomena in their attempts to explain the world

> Undertake practical work in new well equipped laboratories

> Study physical, organic and inorganic chemistry, analytical chemistry techniques and chemistry in action


Choose this course if… you enjoy problem solving, building connections within subject knowledge and understanding the scientific principles behind processes.Next steps: You could progress to higher education or a career in chemistry, chemical engineering, biochemistry, pharmaceuticals, forensic science, medicine and related subjects. A scientific training stands you in good stead for careers in a whole range of occupations from management to marketing.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and grade 6 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements: Grade 6 in Chemistry and Physics, or equivalent.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with Biology, Maths (A Level and Level 3 Certificate), Physics and Geology.

Computer ScienceA Level Duration: 2 years

Are you keen to understand how computing could change the world? If so, Computer Science is for you. It is all about designing new sets of instructions (algorithms) to solve new problems.

You will: > Gain insight into computational

thinking: a kind of reasoning used by humans and machines in logical thought processes

> Look at the future: could we be computing with DNA at some stage, with computer circuits made of genes?

> Conduct experiments to learn more about the natural world through software simulations

> Develop transferable skills including abstract thinking, mathematical reasoning and problem solving

> Study programming and operating systems

Assessment is by examination with some coursework in the second year.

Choose this course if… you love programming and want to work in computer science, software engineering or games development. It is best suited to those that love logic problems and working through complex algorithms. It is also the ideal course for anyone wanting to work with Big Data and the Data Scientists of the future.Next steps: Computer Science A Level students go on to university courses in Computer Science, Mathematics, Law, Business, Politics and Sciences. Computer Science knowledge is also hugely beneficial in the workplace.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 6 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements: Grade 6 in GCSE Physics, or equivalent. Please note that you must also study A Level Maths alongside this A Level.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with Mathematics (which is compulsory) and Physics. Further Mathematics is an excellent Extend option (see page 47) for strong mathematicians to take alongside these courses to help prepare them for courses at the top universities.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3


Level

XEnvironmental ScienceAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Students who enjoy a multi-disciplinary approach to learning and have a keen interest in the sustainability of our planet will find this course engaging and thought provoking.

You will: > Gain an understanding of how Earth’s

systems are used to propose changes in society that would produce sustainable lifestyles

> Learn about why species are important, how they are threatened and methods to conserve them

> Attend various trips, for example ecological sampling, Paignton Zoo and National Marine Aquarium Plymouth

> Study the science of climate change > Learn about the impacts and

management of unsustainable exploitation of water, mineral resources and soil

> Study how we manage pollution, energy and biological resources

> Develop your practical and investigative skills through lab work in our new laboratories

Assessment is by examination which will include the assessment of your knowledge of practical procedures.

Choose this course if… if you enjoy a multi-disciplinary approach to learning and have a keen interest in the sustainability of our planet, from the conservation of wildlife to the development of technology to improve renewable energy resources. Next steps: You could progress to a wide range of university courses, or to employment with organisations such as the Environment Agency, the National Trust and conservation agencies. Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above including two Sciences.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 5 in two GCSE Science subjects and Maths is recommended.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with Geography, Geology and Biology.

GeologyAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Geology is a subject that brings Science and Physical Geography together to help us understand one of the most interesting subjects imaginable - the Earth we live on - and how it formed and developed over billions of years.

You will: > Learn about the formation and

structure of our Earth > Study earthquakes and volcanoes

and the hazards they can produce > Consider the evolution of life

and climate > Understand how geology influences

water supply, energy resources, construction materials and engineering

> Go on trips to experience geology in the field and to acquire essential practical skills

Assessment is by examination which will include the assessment of your knowledge of practical procedures.

Choose this course if… you enjoy applying scientific knowledge to the study of our planet. Geology involves elements of Physics, Chemistry and Biology and appeals to students who like a practical and problem solving approach to learning. Next steps: You could progress to a wide range of university courses in Geology and Geophysics. It also supports the physical aspects of a Geography degree, or to training and employment in fields such as geology, seismology, geo-engineering, or resource exploration (including some of the most highly paid careers in, for instance, the oil industry).Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above including two Sciences.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 5 in two GCSE Science subjects and Maths is recommended.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with A Levels in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Maths, Environmental Science and Geography.

PhysicsAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

If you choose to study Physics, you are opting for a subject that is stimulating, exciting and challenging in its own right, and an essential foundation for many careers.

You will: > Cover a wide range of topics from

elementary particle physics to Newton’s laws of motion and gravity

> Gain great satisfaction and enjoyment from understanding the most recent developments in physics research

> Develop your logical thinking, problem solving and mathematical skills

> Carry out practical work in new fully equipped physics laboratories


Choose this course if… you want to know how the natural world works and what the fundamental forces and principles are which underlie the building blocks of the universe. Next steps: You could progress to university, training or an Apprenticeship in Physics or Engineering. Physics is a great A Level for a range of mathematical and scientific careers including Architecture, Medicine, Computer Science and Geology. It is also a well-respected qualification for a range of professions such as law or management.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 6 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 in GCSE Physics or Double Award Science If you have a grade 6 in Maths, a compulsory supplementary Maths course is provided - this requires attendance at an extra Maths lesson per week.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with A Level Biology, Chemistry or Computer Science. Maths A Level is very highly recommended and essential for progression to university in Physics or Engineering. If you don’t take Maths A Level, the Level 3 certificate in Maths is available as an Extend option (see page 47).

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Sport and Fitness

We have a diverse range of vibrant sports courses at all levels here at Exeter College. You will have the opportunity to learn sport in a practical and applied environment. You could join our sports academies, allowing you to continue with your academic studies and improve your sporting performance.

These courses take place at Victoria House (unless otherwise stated), see pages 21-22 for maps.

See also pages 129-130 for our full range of Outdoor Adventure courses.

Sport

and Fitness.

Caitlin

“I am really happy with my results today. I was so lucky with the teaching staff I had on my courses. The whole of the Sports faculty was amazing and it always seemed like everyone would do anything to help me. The facilities are great, everything is brilliant. I’ve really enjoyed my time here and I would definitely recommend Exeter College - it is the best!”Studied Physical Education, Biology and Maths A Levels

Previously from Great Torrington School


135

STOP PRESSCaitlin achieved a fantastic two A*s and an A at A Level and is progressing to study Sport and Exercise Science at the University of Bath.


Ross

“Caitlin fully deserves her fantastic results, we are all incredibly proud - she has worked incredibly hard and showed a lot of maturity and has been absolute star student.”

Head of Sport, Leisure and Tourism Faculty

Level XPhysical Activity,

Fitness and Exercise Science (Fitness Instructor)Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

The course gives you an in depth look into health and fitness and provides you with a vocational qualification, giving you the opportunity to work within the industry and progress on to the Level 3 Personal Training Certificate/Diploma, alongside other continuing personal development units.

You will: > Study the principles of anatomy,

physiology and fitness to understand how the body operates for physical activity

> Learn about the different elements involved in working within the health and fitness industry. For example, the active leisure and learning sector, health and safety and welfare, including lifestyle factors such as nutrition advice and managing personal and professional development

> You will gain valuable experience in working with real members of Exeter College’s gym facility, delivering inductions and a variety of fitness sessions

> You will also have the opportunity to study specialist units such as studio cycling, circuit instructing and kettle bell instructing

Assessments are through oral, written and practical activity, as well as examinations.

Choose this course if… you have the aspiration of working in the fitness industry as a Fitness Instructor or wish to study to become a Personal Trainer.Next steps: You will be able to progress to a more advanced course such as the Level 3 Diploma in Personal Training or to an Apprenticeship in the fitness industry.Standard entry requirements: If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need the personal qualities for working in the health and fitness industry and an enthusiasm for sport.

Level 2



137 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Sport and Fitness

Sport (Futsal Academy)BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This course will introduce you to the sport and leisure industry, combined with representing Exeter City in our Futsal Academy.

You will: > Study topics such as the sports

performer in action, injury and the sports performer and profiling sports performance

> Earn qualifications that will support future employment in the sport and leisure industry, and have the opportunity to take part in our National Citizenship Service (NCS) programme

> Train in a professional environment and represent Exeter City in the EFL Trust’s National Futsal Programme

> Receive free entry to selected Exeter City Football Club fixtures

Assessment is by external examinations, assignments and observation.

Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more about a career in the sports industry or want to progress on to the BTEC Level 3 National Extended Diploma in Sport.Next steps: After completing the BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate you may pursue employment or an Apprenticeship within the sport and leisure industry. Alternatively, you can continue your studies at Exeter College by progressing to a Level 3 course, provided you have achieved pass at Level 2 standard.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent, and two GCSEs at grade 2 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You also need the personal qualities for working in the sports industry, a willingness to get involved practically and an enthusiasm for futsal.This course takes place at Victoria House, Exeter College’s gym and St James Park.

SportBTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

On this examinable, written and practical course, you will gain an excellent introduction to the sport and active leisure industry.

You will: > Study subjects such as anatomy and

physiology for sport and nutrition for sports performance

> Learn how to plan, lead and evaluate sports activities

> Engage in a range of sports to develop your own skills

> Understand how lifestyle affects performance

> Undertake fitness training and testingAssessment is by external examinations, assignments and observation.

Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more about a career in the sports industry or want to progress on to the BTEC Level 3 National Extended Diploma in Sport.Next steps: After completing the BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate you may pursue employment or an Apprenticeship within the sport and leisure industry. Alternatively, you can continue your studies at Exeter College by progressing to a Level 3 course, provided you have achieved a pass at Level 2 standard.Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or equivalent and two at grade 2 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will also need the personal qualities for working in the sports industry and enthusiasm for sport.

Level 2

Level 2

Did you know? We have a new all-weather, community accessible 3G pitch which is used for a range of sports and wellbeing activities.


Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science (Personal Trainer)Active IQ Level 3 Diploma Duration: 1 year

The course gives you an in depth look into health and fitness and provides you with a vocational qualification. It will give you the opportunity to work within the industry.

You will: > Study applied human biology for exercise and fitness to

understand how the body operates for physical activity > Learn the principles of nutrition for a healthy lifestyle > Learn about the different elements involved in working

one to one with clients, conducting consultations, programme design and advanced methods of delivery

> Develop exceptional customer care skills > Design and prepare a business plan through marketing

products and services, studying enterprise and entrepreneurship

> Learn how technology in sport can be incorporated into mainstream personal training

> Attain the knowledge to perform sports massage with soft tissue treatments

> Gain valuable experience in working with real members of Exeter College’s gym facility, delivering inductions and a variety of fitness sessions

Assessments are through oral, written and practical activity as well as exams.

Choose this course if… you have completed the Year 1 Diploma in Physical Activity Fitness and Exercise Science or have completed a Level 2 Fitness Instructor course alongside a BTEC Sport Level 3 Extended Diploma.Next steps: You could progress on to a Coaching and Fitness Foundation Degree (FdSc) here at Exeter College. You could also progress on to Level 3 GP referral and then Level 4 courses such as Obesity and Diabetes specialisms. Once qualified you will be able to work self-employed or be employed as a personal trainer or sports masseuse.Standard entry requirements: You will need to have completed the first year of the Diploma in Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science or the Level 2 Fitness Instructor plus bridging units to qualify. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. You will need the personal qualities for working in the health and fitness industry and an enthusiasm for sport.

Sport (Futsal Academy) BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course, which is the equivalent of three A Levels, gives you the opportunity to learn about sport in a practical and applied environment, combined with representing Exeter City in our Futsal Academy.

You will: > Study topics such as fitness training and programming,

sports coaching and psychology for sports performance > Earn qualifications that will support future employment

in the sport and leisure industry, and have the opportunity to take part in our National Citizenship Service (NCS) programme

> Train in a professional environment and represent Exeter City in the EFL Trust’s National Futsal Programme

> Receive free entry to selected Exeter City Football Club fixtures

Assessment is by assignments, external examination, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you have ambitions of learning more about a career within sport, want to prepare yourself for a higher education or progress into employment within the sport industry. You will also want to compete competitively at a high level in futsal.Next steps: On completion of this course you can progress to our Football Coaching and Development Foundation Degree at Exeter College, or alternative university level study. Alternatively, this course can lead you in to employment within the sport and leisure industry.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent, and two GCSEs at grade 3 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need an interest in the game of futsal together with the personal qualities required for working in professional sport, sports leadership/coaching or the sport and fitness industry.This course takes place at Victoria House, Exeter College’s gym and St James Park.

Level 3

Level 3

For information about all our fantastic sports facilities and recent team achievements see pages 17-18.

139 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Sport and Fitness

Sport and Exercise ScienceBTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

On this course, which is the equivalent of three A Levels, you will have the opportunity to learn about the complexity of sports development and performance from a sports and exercise perspective. This course combines practical and theoretical study of anatomy for sport and exercise with other highly relevant topics to develop a more scientific understanding. In addition to this, you will be able to combine your studies with improving your sporting performance with one of our sports academies, if selected.

You will: > Study the principles of anatomy and

physiology for sport and exercise > Carry out fitness testing, analysis and

biomechanics > Produce a research project on a

relevant topic of your choice with sport and exercise science

> Develop independent study skills > Work in our fully equipped fitness

centre and testing laboratoryAssessment is through written, oral, external examination and practical coursework.

Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more about a career in the sports industry, want to prepare yourself for a higher education pathway in sport or are passionate about sport and exercise sciences.Next steps: This course prepares you for progression on to a Coaching and Fitness Foundation Degree or Sports Therapy Foundation Degree at Exeter College or other relevant university study. Alternatively, you could enter employment or take up an Apprenticeship in the sport and fitness industry.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 5 in Combined Science.

Sport and Exercise ScienceBTEC Level 3 Extended Certificate Duration: 2 years

If you are interested in the science behind sport, this is the right course for you. This course, which is the equivalent of one A Level, combines practical and theoretical study of anatomy and physiology, exercise physiology and exercise psychology.

You will: > Gain an understanding of the

basic physical and social science underpinning sport and exercise science

> Be able to apply to our Sports Academy and Advanced Conditioning for Elite Students (ACES Programme) to develop your sporting talent

> Progress to study research methods, sports nutrition and fitness training and programming at subsidiary diploma level

> Develop independent study skills > Work in our fully equipped fitness

centre and testing laboratoryAssessment is through written, oral, external examination and practical coursework.

Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more about a career in the sports industry, want to prepare yourself for a higher education pathway in sport or are passionate about sport and exercise science.Next steps: You may progress to the subsidiary diploma, which prepares you for university.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 5 in Combined Science.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme, with the exception of Physical Education A Level.

Sport BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

On this course, which is the equivalent of three A Levels, you will develop your knowledge of coaching and fitness in a practical and applied environment. In addition, you can choose to study this programme alongside the sports academies.

You will: > Focus on the preparation of elite

sportsmen and sportswomen > Take subjects including anatomy

and physiology, sports nutrition and psychology for sports performance

> Consider the athlete’s lifestyle and fitness training, programming and testing and sports coaching

> Study technical and tactical skills > Have opportunities for additional

study, including instructor qualifications

> Learn in local sports settings as well as at college

Assessment is through written, oral, external examination and practical coursework.

Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more about a career in the sports industry, want to prepare yourself for a higher education pathway in sport or are passionate about coaching, fitness and sport.Next steps: This course prepares you for our Coaching and Fitness, Football Coaching or Sports Therapy Foundation Degrees at Exeter College, or alternative university study. Alternatively, you could enter employment in the sport and fitness industry.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.

Level 3Level

3Level

3

Physical EducationA Level Duration: 2 years

On this course you will gain both a practical and theoretical introduction to the various disciplines involved in physical education, such as biomechanics, nutrition, anatomy and sport psychology.

You will: > Develop the knowledge and

understanding to analyse, evaluate and enhance individual and team techniques, skills and fitness

> Have the opportunity to be assessed in your main sport/activity

> Study subjects such as physiological factors affecting performance, psychological factors affecting performance and socio-cultural issues in physical activity and sport

> Choose whether to follow routes as a performer or a coach

> Be able to apply to our Sports Academy and Advanced Conditioning for Elite Students (ACES) programme to develop your sporting talent

Assessment is a combination of practical performance and examination.

Choose this course if… you are interested in the reasons why some athletes excel whilst others do not. This course will give you a detailed, scientific knowledge of the factors behind performance improvement and elite performance.Next steps: After completing this course you may progress to higher education such a Foundation Degree in Coaching and Fitness or Sports Therapy at Exeter College, or a degree at another university.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 in GCSE PE and/or grade 5 in GCSE Biology or Combined Science. You must have achieved a good standard in your chosen sport.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 45-46) and goes well with a wide range of other A Levels. If you are considering a future in Physiotherapy, then A Level Biology would ideally need to be studied alongside this course.

Level 3

Hannah

“Since being at Exeter College I have been involved in the AoC National Colleges Netball squad and competed in Ireland, England and Wales. I have also been heavily involved with Team Bath under 19 and under 21 squads where I had the privilege of captaining the under 19 team and attended England under 19 trials. This exposure to high level netball through the sports academy and excellent teaching has given me a fantastic overall college experience. The Sports Academy has been great as I have loved every squad I’ve been in over these three years. The coaches have really supported every opportunity I have had both inside and outside of college netball. I have found all my lecturers very supportive, giving advice and feedback for when I have struggled to get full marks in an assignment, to ensure I do get the highest possible grade. I would 100% recommended Exeter College as I have really enjoyed my experience here.”Studying Sport and Exercise Sciences BTEC Extended Diploma Level 3 Previously studied at St Luke’s Science and Sports College


140

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Travel and Tourism

Travel and

Tourism.

Emma

“I really enjoyed meeting a great group of people who really helped me develop as a person and at college. I have also enjoyed the trips offered on this course such as a trip to the Thomson hangar at Luton Airport. I would recommend Exeter College as they have great facilities such as the links with Exeter Airport and Flybe as well as LRC’s and teachers that are always willing to help.”Studied Travel and Tourism BTEC Diploma Level 3 (Flybe route)Previously studied at St Peter’s Church of England Aided School


Whether you want to work for an airline, be a resort representative, start a career in hospitality and events, be a holiday entertainer or perhaps you just have a passion for travel, then our range of travel and tourism courses are ideal for you.

All our teaching staff have travel and tourism industry experience, which ensures you will develop the skills required to progress successfully into the industry. During your course you will enhance your knowledge

141

of travel and tourism and develop practical skills through residential trips, practical sessions and industry visits and talks. We also offer the fantastic opportunity of studying within the Flybe Training Academy at Exeter Airport, where you will work in a professional environment with the use of a mock aircraft and real airline equipment. You will benefit from our links with local and international organisations, including our partner Flybe.

142

Travel and TourismBTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

If you are interested in a career in travel and tourism, this course will give you a broad introduction to the industry.

You will: > Study UK and European destinations > Focus on transferable skills that are

essential for employment in the sector, including communication and customer service

> Have an introduction to the cruise industry, airports and airlines

> Explore marketing, give presentations and carry out interviews

> Have an opportunity to plan and participate in a residential trip

> Visit travel and tourism organisations such as Butlins and Thorpe Park

You will be taught and assessed in a variety of methods including making presentations, carrying out interviews, case studies and producing leaflets.There are two externally marked units with the remaining being assessed by coursework.

Choose this course if… are enthusiastic, dynamic and passionate about travel and tourism. If you want to develop your self-confidence and organisational skills in order to meet challenges head on, then get on board!Next steps: After completing the BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate you may pursue employment within the travel and tourism industry, take up a relevant Apprenticeship or continue your studies at Exeter College following a Level 3 course.Standard entry requirements: Four GCSEs at grade 3 or above. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2, or equivalent. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Good communication and interpersonal skills are essential, along with the personal qualities for working in the travel and tourism industry.

Hospitality and TourismBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If working in hospitality and tourism appeals, then this vocational course will be a good choice for you.

You will: > Research travel destinations and

prepare and cook food > Increase your understanding of

customer care and your ability to take on a frontline customer service role

> Come up with solutions to customer enquiries

> Plan a trip to a visitor attraction and take part in a week’s work experience

> Gain self-confidence and the knowledge to apply for jobs in the sector


> Enhance your English and Maths ability


Choose this course if… you enjoy getting out and meeting people, helping people sort out problems, cooking and preparing food, visiting different attractions and planning days out and holidays.Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the hospitality and tourism industry is really important.This course takes place in the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 21-22 for a map.

Level 2

Level 1

The Flybe Training Academy, part of Europe’s most successful regional airline Flybe, is located at Exeter Airport in the UK. The international facility includes a flight simulator complex and cabin door trainer.

143 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Travel and Tourism

Travel and Tourism (Flybe Academy)BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course includes practical experience and assessment at Flybe Training Academy at Exeter Airport, allowing you to experience a real life aviation environment and use equipment that all airlines use around the world.You will complete two qualifications as part of this course - a BTEC (Extended) Diploma in Travel and Tourism and City & Guilds Award in Air Cabin Crew.

You will: > Study UK, European and long haul tourist destinations,

as well as business, marketing, retail travel and visitor attractions, amongst other industry related subjects

> Learn about customer service and the role of resort representatives

> Gain work experience in the industry > Gain your Airline Cabin Crew Award at the Flybe

Training AcademyAssessment is by practical role play as well as assignments and presentations.

Choose this course if… you have always wanted to work in an airline or travel environment, giving excellent customer service both in the air as cabin crew, as ground staff in an airport or working within another role in aviation.Next steps: The course increases your chances of employment with a range of leading airlines including British Airways, Virgin, Flybe and Thomas Cook or progression on to higher education.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and two additional GCSEs at grade 3 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You also need the personal qualities required for working in the travel industry such as high grooming standards, good communication skills, enthusiasm and a willingness to complete practical assessments. During your time at the Academy, a full cabin crew uniform must be worn to industry standards.This course takes place at Victoria House and the Flybe Training Academy for part of the week.

Airline Cabin Crew and Aviation Operations on the GroundLevel 2 City and Guilds Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course will give you an extensive knowledge of the aviation industry, including airline cabin crew and aviation operations, with practical experience at Flybe’s Training Academy.

You will: > Study units such as Airline Emergency Procedures,

The Role of Cabin Crew On-board, First Aid and Airport Check-in Services

> Learn about a range of areas that you can work in with airports and airlines

> Gain vital skills to progress directly into a career working in the aviation industry

> Study health and wellbeing, which is a vital aspect of working as cabin crew

There are practical workshops and assessments, written assignments, group activities, research tasks, presentations and observations. This will include completing aircraft evacuations, putting out aircraft fires, carrying out a safety demonstration and lifesaving techniques. You will complete some written work as evidence. At the academy a full cabin crew uniform must be worn to industry standards. Choose this course if… you enjoy working with other people, have a positive and happy personality and have a total passion for everything aviation based! If you can see yourself working anti-social hours and being able to maintain a smile and a positive attitude and approachable personality, then this course is for you.

Next steps: The course increases your chances of securing a job as a member of air cabin crew and other careers within the aviation industry, providing you meet minimum entry requirements. It is designed to provide a route into employment rather than higher education.Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above.Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must be 17 or 18 at the start of your course, you must be a minimum height of 5ft 2 (1m 57cm), have no visible tattoos, good communication skills and enthusiasm, a willingness to complete practical assessments in front of your peers, ability to swim 25 metres unaided and excellent personal presentation standards.You must also meet airline industry requirements, including the ability to swim 50 metres, have exceptional grooming standards and the personal qualities needed (see website for details).This course takes place at Victoria House and the Flybe Training Academy for part of the week.

Level 2

Level 3


Travel and Tourism (Resort Representatives)BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course allows you to gain an in depth understanding of the travel and tourism industry, whilst also providing work related qualifications in a range of sectors within the industry.

You will: > Study UK, European and long haul

destinations, amongst other industry related subjects

> Have work experience placements thanks to our excellent industry links with employers, including Thomas Cook, Thistle Hotels, Bath Travel and Crealy Adventure Park

> Learn about working as an overseas representative, holiday entertainer and working as a children’s representative

> Develop transferable skills in communication and customer service

> Attend a residential in Edinburgh and an overseas residential to experience how the travel industry operates

Assessment includes a range of methods such as assignment tasks, presentations, group and practical activities. In addition to your BTEC Diploma you will study two NCFE courses.

Next steps: This course is an excellent pathway into the industry and you will have the opportunity of job interviews, or you could decide to progress to university. There is a very good success rate for students going straight into employment with companies such as tour operators, travel agencies, airlines, airport and hotels. English and Maths entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. If you have not achieved grade 4 or above in GCSE Maths you will be expected to work towards achieving an appropriate Level 2 qualification in this subject. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and two additional GCSEs at grade 3 or above.

Resort RepresentativesNCFE Level 2 Award

This course is ideal if you want to work in the travel and tourism industry as a resort representative for tour operators, both overseas as well as in the UK. You will develop essential industry skills and learn how to organise entertainment activities. You will gain knowledge and practice in selling excursions and resolving problems and focus on how to provide excellent customer service.On successful completion of the qualification, and subject to meeting the entry requirements for Thomas Cook, you will have the opportunity of interviewing as an overseas representative.

Airline Cabin CrewLevel 2 City and Guilds Level 2 Award and Certificate

This course runs alongside your main BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Travel and Tourism and is ideal if you want to find employment as airline cabin crew or if you wish to enhance the skills required to work within the travel and tourism industry. You will learn about the role of cabin crew on board and familiarise yourself with emergency procedures and equipment used. You will also develop practical skills on how to deal with first aid incidents on board. Other practical activities include water lifesaving, airline firefighting, use of the emergency chute, and opening and closing aircraft doors. You will learn about time zones and airline terminology, and will complete a short online exam to assess this.The qualification is recognised by Flybe and British Airways and prepares you for work in the airline industry. Candidates who achieve the award and certificate will increase their chances of interview and selection with airlines across the UK and Europe.

Event PlanningNCFE Level 2 Certificate

This course will give you a good introduction to the skills required for successful event planning, organisation and evaluation. You will learn about the duties of event planners and co-ordinators, how to plan your own event and evaluate its success. You will also find out how to manage budgets, learn health and safety and human resources. This qualification can lead on to careers in many areas of the travel and tourism industry, including hotels and conferencing, visitor attractions and holiday parks. You can also progress on to higher education.

Level 3

Level 2

Level 2

Level 2

The three qualifications below are all one year, Level 2 qualifications based at Victoria House.These additional qualifications must be taken with the BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma/Extended Diploma Travel and Tourism (Resort Representatives/Flybe, depending on which pathway is chosen).

Ben

“I started my course in 2013 with huge excitement and a little anticipation as to what I was going into. Just two years later I joined Flybe and now fly around continental Europe every week! I couldn’t have done it without the support and encouragement from all the staff at college.”See more of my story at exe-coll.ac.uk/ourcollege

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apprenticeships

Apprenticeships are an exciting alternative to full time study and offer an opportunity to gain work experience, develop industry specific skills and get qualified - all whilst getting paid.The majority of Apprenticeship training is done in the workplace with an employer and you attend college one day a week to learn and develop your skills. There are so many opportunities in inspirational industries available. From digital marketing and dental nursing to engineering and construction, there are lots to choose from, and courses start throughout the year. With progression routes now available to Apprentices that can see you train all the way up to degree level, there has never been a better time to join this life changing programme.

Apprenticeships.Supporting you to get an ApprenticeshipWe are placing record numbers of young people into our award-winning Apprenticeship programme year on year. It’s important to us that we support you every step of the way to securing your placement. You may have an employer in mind or know what type of job role you want but haven’t secured employment yet. Once you have applied to a programme, one of our Training and Recruitment Advisers will be in touch to support your application. They will be with you every step of the way and will be one of the first to congratulate you on your success. We have access to nearly 1000 employers across the South West that will give you a head start in the world of work. You can view our Apprenticeship vacancies at: exe-coll.ac.uk/Apprenticeships or follow us on Twitter @ExeApprentices

Call the Apprenticeship Team on 01392 400800 to find out more.

Pre-ApprenticeshipsIf you are interested in Apprenticeships, but are not quite ready for one yet, there are other pre-employment options available to you, including a Pre-Apprenticeship. This programme helps you to improve your English and Maths skills as well as your professional skills, preparing you in all the areas you need to become an excellent, successful Apprentice.

Award-winning ApprenticeshipsExeter College is an award-winning, leading provider of a range of exceptional Apprenticeship programmes. Bringing together the worlds of quality employment with supportive local businesses and our amazing range of outstanding vocational programmes. We are confident we can find a future career that will exceed your expectations. Programmes are delivered from Level 2, all the way up to Level 5, enabling learners to achieve at Foundation Degree Level as an Apprentice. These cannot be combined with other full time courses. For more information, call the Apprenticeship Team on 01392 400800.

Real training, real employers, real employment. The perfect start to your future career.

No employer, no problem. Our Training and Recruitment Advisers are on hand to help you find an employer.

Apprenticeships are an exciting alternative to full time study and offer an opportunity to gain work experience, develop industry specific skills and get qualified – all while getting paid. The majority of Apprenticeship training is done in the workplace with an employer and you attend college one day a week to learn and develop your skills. There are so many opportunities in inspirational industries available. From digital marketing and dental nursing to engineering and construction, there are lots to choose from, and courses start throughout the year. With progression routes now available to Apprentices that can see you train all the way up to degree level, there has never been a better time to join this life changing programme.

Award winning Apprenticeships:

Supporting you to get an ApprenticeshipWe are placing record numbers of young people into our award winning Apprenticeship programme year on year. It’s important to us that we support you every step of the way to securing your placement. You may have an employer in mind or you simply know what type of job role you want but haven’t secured employment yet. Once you have applied to one of the programmes, one of our Training and Recruitment Adviser will be in touch to support your application. They will be with you every step of the way and will be one of the first to congratulate you on your success. We have access to nearly 900 employers across the south west that will give you a head start in the world of work. You can view our Apprentice vacancies at: exe-coll.ac.uk/Apprenticeships or follow us on Twitter @ExeApprentices and ‘Like’ us on Facebook by searching ExeterApprentices.

Call the Apprenticeship Hotline on 01392 400800 to find out more.


Pre-ApprenticeshipsIf you are interested in Apprenticeships, but are not quite ready for one yet, there are other pre-employment options available to you, including a Pre-Apprenticeship. Exeter College is an award winning, leading provider of a range of exceptional Apprenticeship programmes. Bringing together the worlds of quality employment with supportive local businesses and our amazing range of outstanding vocational programmes, we are confident we can find a future career that will exceed your expectations. Programmes are delivered at Level 2 and 3 with a number of programmes available at Level 4. These cannot be combined with other full time courses. For more information, call the Apprenticeship Hotline on 01392 400800.


Apprenticeships

148

Apprenticeships.Apprenticeships are an exciting alternative to full time study and offer an opportunity to gain work experience, develop industry specific skills and get qualified – all while getting paid. The majority of Apprenticeship training is done in the workplace with an employer and you attend college one day a week to learn and develop your skills. There are so many opportunities in inspirational industries available. From digital marketing and dental nursing to engineering and construction, there are lots to choose from, and courses start throughout the year. With progression routes now available to Apprentices that can see you train all the way up to degree level, there has never been a better time to join this life changing programme.

Award winning Apprenticeships:

Supporting you to get an ApprenticeshipWe are placing record numbers of young people into our award winning Apprenticeship programme year on year. It’s important to us that we support you every step of the way to securing your placement. You may have an employer in mind or you simply know what type of job role you want but haven’t secured employment yet. Once you have applied to one of the programmes, one of our Training and Recruitment Adviser will be in touch to support your application. They will be with you every step of the way and will be one of the first to congratulate you on your success. We have access to nearly 900 employers across the south west that will give you a head start in the world of work. You can view our Apprentice vacancies at: exe-coll.ac.uk/Apprenticeships or follow us on Twitter @ExeApprentices and ‘Like’ us on Facebook by searching ExeterApprentices.

Call the Apprenticeship Hotline on 01392 400800 to find out more.


Pre-ApprenticeshipsIf you are interested in Apprenticeships, but are not quite ready for one yet, there are other pre-employment options available to you, including a Pre-Apprenticeship. Exeter College is an award winning, leading provider of a range of exceptional Apprenticeship programmes. Bringing together the worlds of quality employment with supportive local businesses and our amazing range of outstanding vocational programmes, we are confident we can find a future career that will exceed your expectations. Programmes are delivered at Level 2 and 3 with a number of programmes available at Level 4. These cannot be combined with other full time courses. For more information, call the Apprenticeship Hotline on 01392 400800.


Apprenticeships

148

Apprenticeships.

Award-winning Apprenticeships:

145


Danny

“I became an Apprentice rugby player with Exeter Chiefs after being spotted for my potential while on a full time Sport course at Exeter College. My Apprenticeship is teaching me how to become an elite rugby player. I train every day apart from Friday and also participate in classroom lessons to enable me to complete the academic part of my Apprenticeship. We are supported by Exeter Chiefs staff as well as Exeter College staff and taught not only about rugby playing options, but also about career potential outside of rugby. Our Apprenticeship prepares us for our future and I am excited about the opportunities it will offer me. I get to spend time at Sandy Park, as well as at our training ground. Playing rugby is what I love to do!”Studying Sporting Excellence Advanced Apprenticeship at Exeter Chiefs 146

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

xxxxxx

Course

listing.Adult Care Worker 150Assistant Accountant 161Activity Leadership - Outdoors 166Barbering 156Bench Joinery or Site Carpentry 153Bricklaying 152Business 148Chef de Partie 159Children and Young People’s Workforce 149Commis Chef 158Civil Engineering 155Construction - Technical and Professional 155Customer Service Practitioner 161Dental Nursing 151Digital Marketer 162Early Years Educator 151Electrical Installation 153Engineering Technician 156Hairdressing 157Healthcare Support Worker 149Health and Fitness 167Heavy Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 165Hospitality Supervision 159Hospitality Team Member 158Human Resources Support 162IT, Software, Web and Telecoms Professionals 148Laboratory Technician 164Large Goods Vehicle Driver 163Leisure Operations and Management 168Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 165Painting and Decorating 154Personal Training - Health and Fitness 168Plumbing 154Supporting Learning in Physical Education and School Sport 167Supporting Teaching and Learning in Schools 150Team Leader/Supervisor 163Vehicle Body Repair, Body Refinishing and Mechanical, Electrical and Trim 166Warehousing Operative 164



147

Josie

“My employer encourages me to get involved with new tasks and gives me the opportunity to try new things. My advice to someone considering an Apprenticeship would be to keep an open mind when looking at the types of qualification you want to achieve. Apprenticeships give real work place experience alongside the academic training.”Studying a Business Administration Advanced Apprenticeship, with Stephens Scown Solicitors


Apprenticeships

BusinessLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship supports you as you start out in office based employment and prepares you for specialist business and administration roles.

You will: > Cover topics, such as business communication, telephone

skills, customer service and reception services > Produce a range of documents, from meeting notes

to spreadsheets > Prepare and deliver presentations > Learn how to organise events, meetings and projects > Focus on managing and improving your own performance > Enhance your use of Microsoft software > Practise setting up and maintaining filing systems


Next steps: On successful completion of the Level 2 Apprenticeship you may be able to progress to a Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship or progress in to full time employment. You could then go on to study business based university level courses at Exeter College, such as a Business Higher National Diploma (HND).Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.Key information: Location: Victoria House Duration: 18 months Level: 2/3

IT, Software, Web and Telecoms ProfessionalsLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

If you already possess basic technical knowledge and an understanding of ICT systems, and wish to extend your knowledge and skills, this qualification is for you. It will prepare you to work as a practitioner in an IT technical or support role.

You will: > Cover hardware and software installation and upgrades > Study computer systems, technical advice and guidance > Work with industry standard hardware and equipment

in our dedicated IT lab > Develop your project planning skills > Benefit from our excellent links with employers

Next steps: From the Intermediate Apprenticeship (Level 2) you could progress to the Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3) in preparation for a more senior role. Progression from the Advanced Apprenticeship could take you to our Higher Apprenticeship (Level 4) in IT or progress in to full time employment. Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.Key information: Location: Victoria House Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 2/3

Business and IT.

Business and IT.

148

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk 149

Apprenticeships

Children and Young People’s WorkforceLevel 2 Intermediate Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship prepares you for employment working directly with children in the early years in a supervised role.

You will: > Study a range of topics that relate to your role, such

as creative activities, child development, working as part of a team and duty of care

> Complete a paediatric first aid course > Benefit from our excellent links with a range of employers

Next steps: On successful completion of this Apprenticeship, you could progress directly into the workplace as a nursery or preschool assistant in line with the Early Years Foundation Stage Standards. Alternatively, you may choose

to go on to an Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3) and become an Early Years Educator.Entry requirements: Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, a strong desire to work with people and have good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.Key information: Location: Hele Road site Duration: Minimum of 1 year Level: 2

Healthcare Support WorkerLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship prepares you for a career in providing high quality and compassionate clinical healthcare for a wide range of people.

You will: > Develop your skills in communication, learn how to

provide a clinical environment and take physical measurements

> Learn about wellbeing, infection control, health and safety and safeguarding of individuals

> Benefit from our great links with employers

Next steps: On successful completion of the Intermediate Apprenticeship (Level 2), you could progress directly into the workplace as a healthcare assistant in line with the NHS guidelines. Alternatively, you may choose to go on to an Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3), which could

lead you on to university level education or a higher level Apprenticeship.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths (or grade 4 or above for the Advanced Apprenticeship) and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre- Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, a strong desire to work with people and good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.Key information: Location: Hele Road site Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 2/3

Care and Education.

Care and Education.

Jessica

“My work as an Apprentice was very busy and challenging. There is a lot to learn about in a hospital but my employer was great and gave me space and time to do the course work I needed to complete for my Apprenticeship.”Previous Business Administration Apprentice at the RD&E Hospital and is now a full time member of staff


Apprenticeships

Adult Care WorkerLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

These Apprenticeships prepare you for employment in the health or the social care sector, providing frontline care for vulnerable adults.

You will: > Develop your skills in communication and person

centred approaches > Learn about wellbeing, health and safety and

safeguarding of individuals > Choose options from moving and handling, infection

control, awareness of mental health or supporting individuals with a learning disability


Next steps: On successful completion of the Intermediate Apprenticeship (Level 2), you could progress directly into the workplace as a care assistant in line with the National Minimum Care Standards. Alternatively, you may choose to go on to a Level 5 Care Leadership and Management Apprenticeship.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths (or grade 4 or above for the Advanced Apprenticeship) and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, a strong desire to work with people and good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.Key information: Location: Hele Road site Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 2/3

Supporting Teaching and Learning in SchoolsLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship will help you kick start your career as a teaching assistant.

You will: > Develop the skills required to work with children

and young people in a school environment > Choose study units that reflect the tasks you will be

carrying out at work and support learning activities > Learn about child development and safeguarding

children’s welfare > Understand how to improve your own practice > Benefit from our working links with schools in the area

Next steps: This Apprenticeship leads you directly into the workplace and provides an excellent preparation to build your career in education. You could also go on to further study at university level.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths (or grade 4 or above for the Advanced Apprenticeship) and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, a strong desire to work with people and good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.Key information: Location: Hele Road site Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 2/3

Care and Education.

Care and Education.

Did you know?

We work with nearly 1000 employers.

151 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apprenticeships

Dental NursingLevel 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship prepares you for employment, teaching you the skills and knowledge needed to become a dental nurse.

You will: > Develop your skills to become fully competent in dental

nursing, both for direct chair-side work and providing support for a range of dental treatments

> Learn about various aspects of dental nursing, including first aid, providing chair-side support to patients for a number of procedures and contributing to the production of dental images


Next steps: On successful completion of this Advanced Apprenticeship, you could progress directly into the workplace as a dental nurse. Alternatively, you may choose to go on to university level education to study for a career in dental hygiene.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths, and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, a strong desire to work with people and good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.Key information: Location: Hele Road site Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 3

Early Years EducatorLevel 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship prepares you for employment working directly in Early Years in an unsupervised key worker role.

You will: > Use your own initiative to plan and organise your own

work in the role of a nursery nurse > Complete 17 mandatory units covering subjects, such

as child development (from conception to seven years), observation and assessment, promoting health and welfare and theories that underpin practice in the early years sector

Next steps: On successful completion of this Apprenticeship, you may choose to go on to a Foundation Degree or university level education, for example, you could progress to an Early Childhood Studies Foundation Degree at Exeter College. Alternatively, you could progress directly into the workplace as an Early Years Educator/Nursery Nurse in line with the Early Years Foundation Stage Standards.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, a strong desire to work with people and good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.Key information: Location: Hele Road site Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 3

Care and Education.

Care and Education.


Apprenticeships

BricklayingLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

This practical Apprenticeship is for you if you are working in the industry and want to develop a career in bricklaying and masonry.

You will: > Gain a range of practical skills and knowledge, such as

cavity walling, building basic masonry structures and masonry cladding

> Have access to fantastic facilities in our purpose built construction centre

> Benefit from our links with companies > Gain an in depth understanding of health and safety,

construction technology and building methods

Next steps: On completion of this Apprenticeship you will be able to carry out your job to the required standard. You may go on to work for a contractors or as a self-employed bricklayer. You could also progress to further study that could lead to a career in construction management.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. An interest in the industry is essential. You will need to complete the Intermediate Apprenticeship (Level 2) before progressing to the Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3).Key information: Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: Up to 2-3 years Level: 2/3

Construction.

Jack

“My main achievements at Exeter College have been completing my vocational studies course to enable me to progress into my chosen course of Bricklaying. I have also improved my Maths and English by two levels and improved my practical skills to enable me to find an Apprenticeship.”Studying Bricklaying Level 2 Apprenticeship Previously studied at Axe Valley Community College


152

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apprenticeships

Bench Joinery or Site CarpentryLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

Our Apprenticeship in wood occupations offers a solid basis to help you develop your career in site carpentry or bench joinery.

You will: > Gain knowledge and skills in basic woodworking joints,

maintenance and use of hand tools and the preparation and use of portable power tools

> Demonstrate safe working practices and an understanding of health and safety requirements

> Erect complex structural carcassing components and install first and second fixings

> Learn about construction technology and building methods > Gain qualifications that prove you can carry out your

job to the required standard

Next steps: You may progress to the Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3) or study a Level 3 Diploma in Construction. This could lead you to university level study or on to a role as a site supervisor.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 or above in English and Maths, and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. An interest in the industry is essential. You will need to complete the Intermediate Apprenticeship (Level 2) before progressing to the Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3).Key information: Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: Up to 2/3 years Level: 2-3

Electrical InstallationLevel 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

This is an in depth, practical course which will equip you with all the skills required to become a qualified electrician or electrical contractor.

You will: > Plan, prepare and install wiring systems and associated

equipment in buildings > Terminate and connect conductors, cables and flexible

cords in electrical systems > Inspect, test, commission and certify electro technical

systems and equipment > Learn how to oversee and organise the work environment,

ensuring compliance with health and safety requirements

Next steps: On completion of the Advanced Apprenticeship you will be a qualified to trade as a professional Electrician. You may go on to work as a part of a firm or as a self-employed Electrician. Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths, and a grade 4 or above in Science, and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.Key information: Location: Devon and Exeter Construction Centre Duration: Up to 3-4 years Level: 3

Construction.

Construction.

153


Apprenticeships

Painting and DecoratingLevel 2 Intermediate Apprenticeship

For those looking at a career in painting and decorating, this is the Apprenticeship programme that will teach you all aspects of the trade.

You will: > Gain practical skills and knowledge of access equipment

and working platforms > Learn how to apply paint systems by brush and roller > Develop skills, such as preparation of surfaces, applying

standard papers to walls and ceilings and producing specialist decorative work

> Complete the Level 2 Diploma - Painting and Decorating Technical Certificate as well as your National Vocational Qualification (NVQ)

Next steps: On completion, you can progress into a successful Painting and Decorating career. You may work as a part of a firm or as a self-employed decorator.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need to have a real interest in painting and decorating.Key information: Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: Up to 2 years Level: 2

PlumbingLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

This qualification offers a practical approach and a solid basis for anyone wishing to develop a career in plumbing.

You will: > Be trained to meet industry standards > Cover all the required foundation skills, including

domestic piping, the domestic water system, soldering and health and safety

> Work in the excellent facilities at our Construction Centre > Consider more advanced and complex areas, such as gas

safety, pressurised hot water and water regulations on the Advanced Apprenticeship

Next steps: On completion of the Advanced Apprenticeship you will be a fully qualified plumber, able to work on the installation and maintenance of gas boilers.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths, and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You will need to complete the Intermediate Apprenticeship (Level 2) before progressing to the Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3).Key information: Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: Up to 2-4 years Level: 2/3

Construction.

Construction.

154

155 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apprenticeships

Construction - Technical and ProfessionalLevel 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

If you are planning a career within the construction and the built environment sector, this Apprenticeship gives you a head start. It could lead you to a junior construction technician role working for a large construction company, a local council or local authority or estate management.

You will: > Gain a broad introduction to the construction industry > Cover topics, such as construction technology, surveying

and structural mechanics > Learn about safe working practices > Benefit from our links with large employers in Devon > Visit large building projects in the Exeter area

Next steps: You could go on to study at university level, for example, a Construction and the Built Environment Level 4 Higher National Certificate (HNC) Apprenticeship at Exeter College or progress in to full time employment. Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths, and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. An interest in the industry is essential and you must be employed as a trainee construction technician.Key information: Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: Up to 2 years Level: 3

Civil EngineeringLevel 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

If you are planning a career within the civil engineering sector, this Apprenticeship gives you a head start. It could lead you to a junior civil engineering role working for a large civil engineering company, a local council or even one of the large water authorities.

You will: > Gain a broad introduction to construction and

civil engineering > Cover topics, such as civil engineering technology,

surveying and structural mechanics > Learn about safe working practices > Benefit from our links with large employers in Devon > Visit large building projects in the Exeter area

Next steps: You could progress all the way up to Level 5 Civil Engineering or in to full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths, and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. An interest in the industry is essential and you must be employed as a trainee civil engineer.Key information: Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: Up to 2 years Level: 3

Construction.

Construction.

Each year we host an Apprenticeship EXPO, it’s the perfect event to find out more about starting your journey to become an Apprentice. Visit our website for future dates.


Engineering TechnicianLevel 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

If you join this Apprenticeship, you will gain practical experience in a wide range of engineering processes. You may be working in a range of disciplines, such as engineering maintenance, mechanical manufacturing, fabrication and welding, quality control or technical support.

You will: > Continue to improve on your practical workplace skills

relevant to your job role > Understand the theory behind these skills and learn

how to translate engineering terms on to paper > Learn how to work safely and efficiently in an

engineering environment > Use industry leading equipment in areas, such as

automation or CAD/CAM > Develop numeracy, literacy and IT skills

Next steps: On successful completion you can progress to a Level 4 Higher National Certificate (HNC) Apprenticeship or progress in to full time employment. Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need the equivalent of GCSE English and Maths at grade 4 and ICT. You could also have a Level 2 Diploma in Engineering with a merit profile. We will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You should have a strong interest in engineering.Key information: Location: Technology CentreDuration: Up to 2 years Level: 3

BarberingLevel 2 Intermediate Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is designed for learners who work in or wish to pursue a career in barbering. You will learn the skills and knowledge necessary to become a successful barber, whilst working alongside professionals in the industry.

You will: > Advise and consult with clients > Shampoo, condition and treat the hair and scalp > Develop and maintain your effectiveness at work > Cut men’s hair using basic techniques > Cut facial hair to shape using basic techniques > Create basic outlines and detailing in hair > Assist with shaving services

Next steps: You could progress to the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Barbering or progress directly into a full time career in the industry.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You should have a passion for barbering and be employed in the industry.Key information: Location: Laurence Building Duration: 18 months Level: 2

Engineering.

Hairdressing.

156

Sam

“Being an Apprentice has opened so many doors, I’ve loved every moment and look forward to the future.”Studying a Engineering Maintenance Apprenticeship with GWR

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apprenticeships

HairdressingLevel 2 Intermediate Apprenticeship

If you want to turn your passion for hairdressing into a career, this Apprenticeship will help you develop the hairdressing skills you need.

You will: > Develop a range of colouring techniques > Learn a variety of hair cutting techniques > Perm and neutralise hair > Advise and consult with clients > Develop and maintain your effectiveness at work > Style and finish hair > Set and dress hair > Shampoo, condition and treat the hair and scalp > Learn employee rights and responsibilities > Work in our welcoming centre with professional

hairdressing salons, beauty salons and spa > Attend industry exhibitions

Next steps: You could progress to the Advanced Apprenticeship or progress directly into a full time career in the industry.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You should have a passion for hairdressing and be employed in the industry.Key information: Location: Laurence Building Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 2

HairdressingLevel 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

This course will provide you with the opportunity to develop your commercial hairdressing skills to an advanced level.

You will: > Carry out more complex hairdressing tasks, such

as advanced colouring techniques, including colour correction

> Use a variety of advanced cutting techniques to create various looks

> Creatively style and dress hair > Provide hairdressing consultation services > Contribute to planning and implementation of

promotional activities

> Work in our welcoming centre with professional hairdressing salons, beauty salons and spa

> Attend industry exhibitions

Next steps: On successful completion of the Advanced Apprenticeship you can progress into a full time career in the industry. There are many different opportunities for you to work in different sectors, such as theatre, TV, cruise liners or specialist career paths.Entry requirements: This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Hairdressing and have achieved functional skills or GCSE grade 4 or above in English and Maths.Key information: Location: Laurence Building Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 3

Hairdressing.

Hairdressing.

157


Apprenticeships

Hospitality Team MemberLevel 2 Intermediate Apprenticeship

Our practical approach on this Apprenticeship enables you to train in all areas of the hospitality industry from housekeeping to kitchen work.

You will: > Study food and drink service, food preparation

and cooking > Cover roles, such as front office and housekeeping > Learn about maintaining a safe, hygienic and secure

working environment > Benefit from our working links with a range of hospitality

employers in Devon > Create a positive impression of yourself and your

organisation

Next steps: On successful completion you can progress to the Hospitality Supervision Advanced Apprenticeship and go on to further management training.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. Key information: Location: Laurence Building Duration: Minimum of 1 year Level: 2

Commis ChefLevel 2 Intermediate Apprenticeship

A commis chef will learn and understand how to carry out the basic functions in every section of the kitchen. Therefore having the opportunity to experience, consider and value each section with a view to choosing an area where they feel most inspired.

You will: > Focus on the many different techniques involved in

becoming a chef > Learn how to maintain food safety when storing,

preparing and cooking food > Prepare, cook and finish basic fish, meat, poultry

and vegetables dishes > Prepare hot sauces, dressings, soups and hot

and cold desserts

Next steps: On successful completion of the Intermediate programme you can progress on to the Advanced Chef de Partie Apprenticeship (Level 3). This helps to build your career and prepares you for further management training. Our students have gone on to win national awards and to work for chefs, such as Jamie Oliver in London and Amsterdam.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. Key information: Location: Laurence Building Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 2

Hospitality.

Hospitality.

158

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Chef de Partie Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

A chef de partie will learn advanced cooking techniques and is responsible for running a specific section of the kitchen.

You will: > Focus on developing more advanced techniques as a chef > Contribute to developing menus and dishes > Prepare, cook and finish basic fish, meat, poultry and

vegetables dishes > Prepare hot sauces, dressings, soups and hot and

cold desserts

Next steps: On completion of the Level 3 Advanced course Apprentices can progress to a Level 4 Higher Apprenticeship in Hospitality Management as a kitchen manager or head chef or progress in to full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. You will need to complete the Intermediate Commis Chef Apprenticeship qualification before progressing to the Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship.Key information: Location: Laurence Building Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 3

Hospitality Supervision Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

To study this Apprenticeship you will need to be in a supervisory role in the hospitality and catering industry supervising a minimum of two staff.

You will: > Learn how to maintain the health, hygiene, safety and

security of the working environment > Choose from options relating to your role, such as

units in supervising food and drink service, leading and managing meetings and managing the environmental impact of work activities

> Learn the principles of leading a team in the hospitality industry

Next steps: On successful completion you should be working in a Team Leader role and you will have the knowledge to climb the career ladder within hospitality management. This may lead to a Level 4 Higher Apprenticeship in Hospitality Management or progress in to full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You will also need a hospitality services qualification at Level 2 and will need to complete an initial assessment at college as part of the application process.Key information: Location: Laurence Building Duration: Up to 18 months Level: 3

Hospitality.

Hospitality.

Apprenticeships

159


Sam“I am a Media and Marketing Apprentice across three different companies - Radio Exe, Active Devon and The City Community Trust. For me no day is ever the same - there is something different to do every single day! I heard about the opportunity to become an Apprentice through an on-air advert on Radio Exe. All of my employers support me well - they help me manage my time and my workload. Active Devon have even provided me with an Apprentice bike so that I can travel between my workplaces. As well as working at different locations, I also attend college each week. I am supported well and helped to develop my knowledge of principles of marketing and business, which I can then put into practice in the workplace. I would highly recommend being an Apprentice. It’s the best way into industry and provides so many amazing experiences.”Studying a Digital Marketer Level 3 Apprenticeship at Radio Exe

Sam recently interviewed students at our A Level results day for Radio Exe.

160

161 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Assistant AccountantLevel 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship will start with the Level 2 Foundation Certificate in Accountancy, which aims to introduce you to basic accounting and finance skills and is for learners with no bookkeeping or accounting experience. You will learn advanced accounting skills to develop a career as an accountant.

You will: > Develop your skills in finance administration, double

entry bookkeeping, basic costing principles and purchase, sales and general ledgers

> Master more complex financial processes, including final accounts for sole traders and partnerships, reports and returns and professional ethics

> Gain valuable work experience if this qualification is taken as an Apprenticeship

> Gain valuable workplace skills if you are not currently in employment or training

> Have access to a team of qualified tutors and qualified accountants with practical accountancy experience

> Have a standalone qualification to help you gain employment or take a step towards the higher levels and allow you to move up to further study in accountancy and finance

Next steps: On completion of this course you could progress to the AAT Level 4 Diploma in Accounting or progress in to full time employment. Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You must have a good working knowledge of bookkeeping.Key information: Location: Aplus Exeter or Aplus PlymouthDuration: Up to 18 months Level: 2/3

Customer Service PractitionerLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is appropriate for those working in a customer service role. You will learn the core customer service responsibilities and to deliver high quality products and services to the customers of their organisation, which may be delivered from the workplace, digitally, or through going out into the customer’s own locality.

You will: > Learn about getting to know your customers and

understanding the organisation > Find out about regulations and legislations > Learn about customer responsibility and customer

experience > Understand product service and knowledge > Learn about systems and resources > Develop your interpersonal and influencing skills > Be able to deal with customer conflict and challenge

Next steps: On completion of the Intermediate Apprenticeship, you may consider going on to study the Advanced Apprenticeship in Customer Service or in Business Administration or progress in to full time employment.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You will need to have completed the Level 2 Customer Service Practitioner Apprenticeship to progress to Level 3. Key information: Location: Victoria House Duration: Up to 18 months Level: 2

Professional Learning.



Apprenticeships

Digital MarketerLevel 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship has been designed specifically with employers for those looking for a career in digital marketing or social media. You will learn a variety of techniques in order to become a professional in this sector.

You will: > Learn the principles of social media within a business > Learn the principles of keywords and optimisation > Learn about content management systems and

website creation > Learn how to analyse and create data reports > Learn about imaging, video, website and spreadsheet

software > Be able to choose optional topics relevant to

your employer > Participate in masterclasses led by industry leaders

Next steps: On completion of this Apprenticeship, you may consider going on to study the Higher Apprenticeship in Data Analytics or into a career in Digital Marketing. Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English, Maths and ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. An interest for digital marketing and social media is essential.Key information: Location: Victoria House Duration: Up to 18 months Level: 3

Human Resources (HR) SupportLevel 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

HR Professionals work as part of the HR function of a business, delivering support to managers and employees.

You will: > Learn how to handle enquiries and provide HR advice > Learn a range of recruitment processes > Learn about HR policies and law

Next steps: On completion of this Apprenticeship, you can progress to the Level 5 HR Consultant/Partner Apprenticeship or progress in to full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. An interest in HR is essential.Key information: Location: Victoria House Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 3



162

Ella

“In my day to day job I have to design marketing campaigns using social media and work with photographers, film producers and website designers. As a result of my hard work I was recently voted Apprentice of the Year at the Pride of Devon Awards 2018. I am also an Apprentice Ambassador which gives me the chance to travel all over the country and talk to other young people who are thinking of becoming an Apprentice.”Level 4 Digital Apprentice

163

Apprenticeships

Team Leader/SupervisorLevel 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

This Advanced Apprenticeship is suitable for those in a first line management role, with operational and project responsibilities or responsibility for managing a team.

You will: > Learn how to provide guidance to a team > Learn how lead and manage a team > Learn how to lead the achievement of goals within a team

Next steps: On completion of this Apprenticeship, you can progress to the Level 5 Operational/Departmental Management Apprenticeship or progress in to full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need a GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. Key information: Location: Victoria House Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 3

Large Goods Vehicle DriverLevel 2 Intermediate Apprenticeship

Driving Apprentices work independently, making deliveries to warehouses, distribution outlets, shops and private homes and requires you to be prepared to work away from your base, occasionally overnight. You will be responsible for your vehicle and load and will keep accurate records.

You will: > Gain CAT C and C&E Lorry Training > Learn how to prepare the vehicle for driving > Learn how to drive a heavy goods vehicle on public

roads in a safe and fuel efficient manner > Plan a route and timings for the collection and

delivery of goods > Make an effective contribution to a business in

the Logistics sector > Be able to choose the type of vehicle for your training

Next steps: You will initially complete the Intermediate Apprenticeship (Level 2) and on successful completion you can progress on to the Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3). This could then lead on to a Higher Apprenticeship (Level 4) in Supply Chain Management or a job as a Transport Operations Team Leader.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You must also already have the ‘B’ class driving licence for this Apprenticeship.Key information: Location: Exeter and across the south westDuration: Up to 2-4 years Level: 2


Logistics.

164

xxxxxx


Warehousing OperativeLevel 2 Intermediate Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship allows you to undertake a range of duties as a warehouse operative. You will be working as part of a team, but need to be confident in working alone and have good time management skills in order to effectively carry out tasks.

You will: > Receive an ITSSAR Forklift Training certificate and

card as part of your Apprenticeship > Get full health and safety at work training > Learn how to wrap and pack goods > Learn to assemble, process, receive and dispatch goods > Receive manual handling training

Next steps: This Apprenticeship could lead to a senior warehousing role or you becoming a Team Leader.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.Key information: Location: Exeter and across the south westDuration: Minimum of 1 year Level: 2

Laboratory TechnicianLevel 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

This new qualification teaches you the skills needed to work in a Laboratory setting providing testing and technical support in a scientific environment.

You will: > Perform laboratory tasks following specified

methodologies > Understand and follow quality procedures to meet

the requirements of quality standards > Prepare for laboratory tasks using the appropriate

scientific techniques, procedures and methods > Produce reliable, accurate data of laboratory

work undertaken

Next steps: On successful completion of the Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3) you may progress to the Higher Apprenticeship (Level 5) and Degree Apprenticeship (Level 6) to become a Laboratory Scientist.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You must have an interest and desire to learn in a scientific setting and be prepared to participate in all college sessions. Key information: Location: Maths and Science Centre Duration: 18 Months Level: 3

Logistics.

Maths and Science.

165 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apprenticeships

Light Vehicle Maintenance and RepairLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

If you wish to develop a career in the light vehicle automotive industry, this qualification will set you on your way.

You will: > Work on a modern fleet of vehicles using the

latest equipment > Benefit from our working relationships with companies > Learn to explain the features of light vehicle chassis,

engine, transmission and electrical systems > Develop the skills and competence to replace and

diagnose light vehicle components > Study topics, including health and safety, working

relationships and bench fitting

Next steps: On successful completion of the Intermediate Apprenticeship (Level 2) you may progress to the Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3). When you are fully qualified you could progress to become a service manager or master technician.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You must have an interest and desire to learn and understand electrical systems and be prepared to participate in all college sessions. You will need to complete the Level 2 Intermediate Apprenticeship before progressing to the Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship.Key information: Location: Technology Centre Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 2/3

Heavy Vehicle Maintenance and RepairLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

These Apprenticeships are ideal if you have an interest in diesel systems and a desire to develop a career in the heavy vehicle automotive industry working on trucks and lorries.

You will: > Learn to explain the features of heavy vehicle chassis,

engine, transmission and electrical systems > Develop the skills and competence to replace heavy

vehicle components > Cover generic, work related topics, including health

and safety, working relationships and bench fitting > Work on new DAF trucks in fantastic facilities at our

Technology Centre

Next steps: On successful completion of the Intermediate Apprenticeship (Level 2) you may progress to the Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3) or you could progress in to full time employment and become a service manager.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You must have an interest and desire to learn and understand electrical systems and be prepared to participate in all college sessions. You will need to complete the Level 2 Intermediate Apprenticeship before progressing to the Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship.Key information: Location: Technology Centre Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 2/3

Motor Vehicle.

Motor Vehicle.

Lewis, Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Level 2 Apprentice at Bristol Street Motors


Vehicle Body Repair, Body Refinishing and Mechanical, Electrical and TrimLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is for you if you are looking for a career in the automotive body repair and/or refinishing industry working with vehicles that have been damaged in accidents or need repainting.

You will: > Take units tailored to the needs of your employer > Be able to choose from body repair, body refinishing

or mechanical, electrical and trim > Learn to repair and replace non-structural vehicle

panels and/or prepare vehicle panels for application of foundation and topcoat paints

> Develop your understanding of health and safety > Use our electronic Car-O-Liner jig and inverter

welding machine > Benefit from our links with employers

Next steps: On successful completion of the Intermediate Apprenticeship (Level 2) you may progress to the Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3). Once fully qualified, you could work towards becoming a supervisor or an estimator within the vehicle body repair trade.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You must have an interest and desire to learn the trade. You will need to complete the Level 2 Intermediate Apprenticeship before progressing to the Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship.Key information: Location: Technology CentreDuration: Up to 2 years Level: 2/3

Activity Leadership - OutdoorsLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is designed for individuals who wish to gain a broad but solid foundation in Adventurous Activities Leadership and Coaching. It is particularly suited to those with a passion and enthusiasm for instructing and leading people in the outdoors through adventurous activities.

You will: > Study various subjects related to activity leadership,

for example, health and safety, session planning and safeguarding

> Receive technical skills training (depending on your employer’s activity provision) in kayaking, canoeing, problem solving, orienteering, mountain biking, sailing, caving, mountain leadership and archery

> Lead and coach land and water based outdoor adventurous activities

> Study for National Governing and Awarding Body Leadership and Coaching Qualifications (for example, Paddle Sports Coach, Mountain Bike Leader and First Aid)

Next steps: The work experience you will have gained will kick start your career so you can go into further training and employment. You could also progress on to the Advanced Apprenticeship either in Outdoor Education or Leisure Management.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need to be employed and have a keen interest in outdoor adventurous activities and working in the outdoors with children, teenagers and adults in all types of outdoor environments and weather conditions etc.Key information: Location: Haven Banks OEC Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 2/3

Motor Vehicle.

Sport and Leisure.

166

167 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apprenticeships

Health and FitnessLevel 2 Intermediate Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is particularly suited to you if you have a passion and enthusiasm for working with people in the fitness and recreation sector. You will learn to instruct gym based fitness sessions and help others meet their fitness goals.

You will: > Gain a qualification in Health and Fitness along

with gym based fitness instruction > Maintain and complete a professional development

portfolio > Develop your knowledge and practical skills to help

individuals develop their own skill and fitness goals > Participate in a range of sports and exercise

Next steps: This Apprenticeship will help you progress into an Advanced Apprenticeship in personal training. Alternatively, you may progress into employment as a gym instructor, schools support sports coach, or other role in a sports facility or health and fitness centre.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need to have a keen interest in exercise and fitness and working in the community.Key information: Location: Victoria House Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 2

Supporting Learning in Physical Education and School SportLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced Apprenticeship

The Apprenticeship is ideal if you are keen to support and coach young people in a school or educational environment. It will ensure you become a valued member of the team within the Physical Education departments of schools or colleges. You will be responsible for the development of high quality physical activity sessions for children.

You will: > Receive training to ensure you can facilitate community

based sport and physical activity > Understand how to deliver Physical Education and

school sport programmes with clear curriculum links and progression

> Research how schools operate and how physical activity influences education

> Provide Key Stage 1 and 2 pupils with a better experience/engagement of Physical Education and school sport activities

> Be able to ensure Physical Education and school sport activity programmes (including curricular and extracurricular activities) are delivered to meet the low risk areas of the National Curriculum for Physical Education

Next steps: This Apprenticeship will help you sustain employment in a Physical Education department in a school or college or you could go on to further university level studies.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need to be employed and have a keen interest in physical activity and sport and working with children and young people in all types of indoor and outdoor environments.Key information: Location: Victoria House Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 2/3

Sport and Leisure.

Sport and Leisure.


Apprenticeships

Personal Training - Health and Fitness (Gym Based)Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is particularly suited to those employed in the Active/Exercise and Fitness industry with a passion for working with people in a gym environment and providing more advanced fitness training programmes. You will prepare fitness programmes, instructing and providing the required monitoring and support for clients to reach their fitness plan expectations and goals.

You will: > Complete a Work Based NVQ Level 3 Diploma in Personal

Training and a Level 3 Certificate in Personal Training > Gain hands on experience in a gym with clients,

developing and delivering more individual, tailored fitness programmes and classes

> Complete an additional Level 3 Industry Awareness qualification to gain further in depth knowledge about the Active Leisure, Learning and Wellbeing Sector

(Please note: the personal trainer course can involve evening delivery/attendance).

Next steps: Gain employment or become a self-employed Personal Trainer in a Gym/Sports or Leisure Centre.Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You must have gained the Level 2 Certificate in Fitness Instructing (Gym Based) qualification as part of the previous Apprenticeship programme, and gained the required additional experience of working in a gym with different types of client groups. You need to be employed and have a keen interest in developing personal training programmes for individuals and groups.Key information: Location: Victoria House Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 3

Leisure Operations and ManagementLevel 2/3 Intermediate/Advanced

Leisure Operations and Leisure Management is for those in, or aspiring to be working in, the leisure and recreation industry and are looking to progress into management.

You will: > Gain an in depth understanding of the active leisure

and recreation industry > Gain hands on experience dealing with customers in

various situations, from facility health and safety checks, preparation and clearing of activity areas to customer services and assisting with and providing instructions on activity sessions. As well as various administration duties (from dealing with memberships, completing and checking booking forms, taking payments, basic maintenance duties and equipment audit checks, to helping deal with emergencies and incidents within the centre). The working duties and experience will be determined by the facility you are working in

> Complete additional qualifications depending on experience, location and employer needs

Next steps: You will initially complete the Intermediate Apprenticeship in Leisure Operations (Level 2) and on successful completion you can progress on to the Advanced Apprenticeship in Leisure Management (Level 3) or progress in to full time employment. Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need to have experience in the leisure industry and already hold a Level 2 leisure industry related qualification and GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths. However, we will work with you and provide additional support in order to help you achieve the functional skills element or GCSE requirements of the Apprenticeship. Support can be delivered either prior to your Apprenticeship via a Pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.Key information: Location: Exeter and across the south west Duration: Up to 2 years Level: 2

Sport and Leisure.

Sport and Leisure.

169 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Index.

A Academies 49-50Aerospace facilities 15A Levels 02, 06, 08, 38,

40, 45-46Alumni 32Application process 33-36Applying 33-36Apprenticeships 145-168Apprenticeship support 28Art and Design courses 51-57Art facilities 14Automotive courses 58-60Automotive facilities 15

B Begin your journey 23-24BTEC qualifications 01-02, 38,

39-40, 43-44Business courses 61-64

C Cafes 13Centre for Creative Industries (CCI) 14Centre for Music and Performance 14Centre for University Level Studies 31Childcare 28Clubs 09-10College Advice Team (CATs) 35Construction and the Built Environment courses

65-69

Construction facilities 15Courses by level 39-40Course fees 28Course index 01-02

D Dance, Performance and Production courses 70-73

E Engineering and Aerospace courses 74-76Engineering facilities 15English and maths 41English Language and Literature courses 77-78Enrichment 09-10Exceptional staff, exceptional students 06Exeter Chiefs Rugby Academy 49Extend 47

F Facilities 13-18Financial support 28Find out more 35Flying Start 41Foundation Learning and Support courses 79-84From school to college in 5 easy steps 33-34

G Gym 18GCSE grading 41

H Hair and beauty facilities 16Hairdressing, Beauty and Media Make-Up courses

85-90

Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services 91-95Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre 18Hospitality and Catering courses 96-99Hospitality facilities 16Humanities courses 100-104

For course indexes see pages 1-2 or 39-40. I Information Technology courses 105-110

International Baccalaureate 02, 06, 08, 42, 47, 111-112

International college 25-26Interviews 36Investing in you 13-18It's your college (Students Union) 11-12

J JAx - Journalism Academy 49

L Languages courses 113-116Learning Resource Centres (LRCs) 13Levels 37-40Level 3 BTEC Certificates/Extended Certificates 03, 38, 46Life at college 08Locations 21-22

M Maps 21-22Mathematics courses 117-119Maths and science facilities 16Media and Film courses 120-124Michael Caines Academy 49Money matters 28Music Academy 49Music courses 125-128Music facilities 14

N New GCSE qualifications explained 41

O Open Events 03Other options to get you started 48Outdoor Adventure courses 129-130

P Performing Arts Academy 50Progression and employability 31Parents and guardians 29-30Principal’s welcome 04

R Reach Academy 50Restaurants 13

S Science courses 131-133Student Representative Committee (SRC) 11-12Societies 09-10Spark Radio 14Sports Academy 50Sports courses 135-140Sports facilities 17-18Support 27-28

T Technology Centre 15Timetables 08Travel 23-24Travel and Tourism courses 141-144Tutorial programme 27

V Vocational and technical full time programmes 39-40, 43

W Welfare and wellbeing 27-30Where to start? 37-38Working together 29-30

Y Your day 08Your first choice college 05Your opportunities (Enrichment) 09-10

Discover your local Ofsted Outstanding college.

All sites

Thursday 18th October 2018, 5-8pm Wednesday 21st November 2018, 5-8pm Wednesday 16th January 2019, 5-8pm

Expo 2019

Thursday 21st March 2019, 4-7pm, Sports Hall All our courses under one roof - a one stop shop to find out what we have to offer, whether you are in Year 9 or 10, or in Year 11 and confirming your choice.

Specialist sites

Falcon House (Construction) and Technology Centre (Engineering, Automotive and Aerospace) Tuesday 14th May 2019, 5-7pm

For more information on our open events, visit exe-coll.ac.uk or call 01392 400500

See you there!

Open Events.


School Leavers’ Course Guide 2018/19

ourcollege.

Hele Road, Exeter, Devon, EX4 4JS | 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.ukThis guide can be made available in other formats or in languages other than English - please contact us.


School Leavers’ Course Guide 2018/19

ourcollege.

Hele Road, Exeter, Devon, EX4 4JS | 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.ukThis guide can be made available in other formats or in languages other than English - please contact us.

Hele Road, Exeter, Devon, EX4 4JS | 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk This guide can be made available in other formats or in languages other than English - please contact us

school leavers’ course guide 2019/20aelproject.com/pdf/exeter-college-course-guide.pdf · caring...

Documents